WO2011127241A2 - Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof - Google Patents

Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011127241A2
WO2011127241A2 PCT/US2011/031519 US2011031519W WO2011127241A2 WO 2011127241 A2 WO2011127241 A2 WO 2011127241A2 US 2011031519 W US2011031519 W US 2011031519W WO 2011127241 A2 WO2011127241 A2 WO 2011127241A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
tablet
weight
composition
pharmaceutical composition
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2011/031519
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2011127241A3 (en
Inventor
Marinus Jacobus Verwijs
Rossitza Gueorguieva Alargova
Ritu Rohit Kaushik
Irina Nikolaevna Kadiyala
Christopher Ryan Young
Original Assignee
Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=47075277&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2011127241(A2) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to BR112012026255A priority Critical patent/BR112012026255A2/en
Priority to AU2011237601A priority patent/AU2011237601B2/en
Priority to EP21197971.1A priority patent/EP4005559A1/en
Priority to CA2795804A priority patent/CA2795804C/en
Priority to EP11715637.2A priority patent/EP2555755B2/en
Priority to PL16185289T priority patent/PL3150198T3/en
Priority to EP16185289.2A priority patent/EP3150198B1/en
Priority to ES11715637T priority patent/ES2604480T5/en
Priority to RU2012147272/15A priority patent/RU2592368C2/en
Application filed by Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated filed Critical Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated
Priority to NZ602838A priority patent/NZ602838A/en
Priority to CN2011800279601A priority patent/CN102917692A/en
Priority to JP2013503939A priority patent/JP2013523833A/en
Priority to MX2012011656A priority patent/MX364937B/en
Publication of WO2011127241A2 publication Critical patent/WO2011127241A2/en
Publication of WO2011127241A3 publication Critical patent/WO2011127241A3/en
Priority to US13/646,130 priority patent/US20130095181A1/en
Priority to IL222314A priority patent/IL222314A/en
Priority to ZA2012/08225A priority patent/ZA201208225B/en
Priority to IL251662A priority patent/IL251662A0/en
Priority to CY20211101061T priority patent/CY1124852T1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/443Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with oxygen as a ring hetero atom
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0053Mouth and digestive tract, i.e. intraoral and peroral administration
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/14Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
    • A61K9/141Intimate drug-carrier mixtures characterised by the carrier, e.g. ordered mixtures, adsorbates, solid solutions, eutectica, co-dried, co-solubilised, co-kneaded, co-milled, co-ground products, co-precipitates, co-evaporates, co-extrudates, co-melts; Drug nanoparticles with adsorbed surface modifiers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/14Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
    • A61K9/16Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
    • A61K9/1605Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/1617Organic compounds, e.g. phospholipids, fats
    • A61K9/1623Sugars or sugar alcohols, e.g. lactose; Derivatives thereof; Homeopathic globules
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/14Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
    • A61K9/16Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
    • A61K9/1605Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/1629Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/1652Polysaccharides, e.g. alginate, cellulose derivatives; Cyclodextrin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/14Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
    • A61K9/16Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
    • A61K9/1682Processes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2009Inorganic compounds
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2013Organic compounds, e.g. phospholipids, fats
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2022Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/2027Organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly(meth)acrylates
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2022Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/205Polysaccharides, e.g. alginate, gums; Cyclodextrin
    • A61K9/2054Cellulose; Cellulose derivatives, e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2072Pills, tablets, discs, rods characterised by shape, structure or size; Tablets with holes, special break lines or identification marks; Partially coated tablets; Disintegrating flat shaped forms
    • A61K9/2077Tablets comprising drug-containing microparticles in a substantial amount of supporting matrix; Multiparticulate tablets
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2095Tabletting processes; Dosage units made by direct compression of powders or specially processed granules, by eliminating solvents, by melt-extrusion, by injection molding, by 3D printing
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/28Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/28Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating
    • A61K9/2806Coating materials
    • A61K9/2833Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/286Polysaccharides, e.g. gums; Cyclodextrin
    • A61K9/2866Cellulose; Cellulose derivatives, e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/10Laxatives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/02Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/10Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/02Muscle relaxants, e.g. for tetanus or cramps
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06Antihyperlipidemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/18Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the parathyroid hormones
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/04Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/12Antidiuretics, e.g. drugs for diabetes insipidus
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D451/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof
    • C07D451/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof containing not further condensed 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane; Cyclic acetals thereof

Definitions

  • the invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising 3-(6-(l-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d] [ 1 ,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 1), methods for manufacturing such compositions and methods for administering pharmaceutical compositions comprising same.
  • CFTR is a cAMP/ ATP -mediated anion channel that is expressed in a variety of cells types, including absorptive and secretory epithelia cells, where it regulates anion flux across the membrane, as well as the activity of other ion channels and proteins. In epithelia cells, normal functioning of CFTR is critical for the maintenance of electrolyte transport throughout the body, including respiratory and digestive tissue.
  • CFTR is composed of approximately 1480 amino acids that encode a protein made up of a tandem repeat of transmembrane domains, each containing six transmembrane helices and a nucleotide binding domain. The two transmembrane domains are linked by a large, polar, regulatory (R)-domain with multiple phosphorylation sites that regulate channel activity and cellular trafficking.
  • CFTR cystic fibrosis
  • a defect in this gene causes mutations in CFTR resulting in cystic fibrosis ("CF"), the most common fatal genetic disease in humans. Cystic fibrosis affects approximately one in every 2,500 infants in the United States. Within the general United States population, up to 10 million people carry a single copy of the defective gene without apparent ill effects. In contrast, individuals with two copies of the CF associated gene suffer from the debilitating and fatal effects of CF, including chronic lung disease.
  • the most prevalent mutation is a deletion of phenylalanine at position 508 of the CFTR amino acid sequence, and is commonly referred to as AF508-CFTR. This mutation occurs in approximately 70 percent of the cases of cystic fibrosis and is associated with a severe disease. Other mutations include the Rl 17H and G55 ID.
  • CFTR transports a variety of molecules in addition to anions
  • this role represents one element in an important mechanism of transporting ions and water across the epithelium.
  • the other elements include the epithelial Na + channel, ENaC, Na + /2C17K + co-transporter, Na + -K + - ATPase pump and the basolateral membrane K + channels, that are responsible for the uptake of chloride into the cell.
  • compositions comprising Compound 1 Form I, Form II, or HCl salt Form A that are readily prepared and that are suitable for use as therapeutics.
  • the invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions, pharmaceutical preparations, and solid dosage forms comprising 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl)
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
  • b a filler; c a disintegrant; d, a surfactant; e. a diluent; f. a lubricant; and g at least one of a glidant and a binder.
  • Compound 1 is in substantially one of its crystalline solid forms. In one embodiment, Compound 1 is in substantially crystalline Form I (Compound 1 Form I). In one embodiment, Compound 1 is in substantially crystalline Form II (Compound 1 Form II). In one embodiment, Compound 1 is in substantially crystalline HCl salt form
  • Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A (Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A). It is understood that the term “Compound 1 ,” as used throughout, includes, amongst other forms, including non-crystalline forms, the following solid state forms: Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises 25 mg to 400 mg. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 25 mg of Compound 1. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 50 mg of Compound 1. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 100 mg of Compound 1. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 125 mg of Compound 1. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 150 mg of Compound 1. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 200 mg of Compound 1. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 250 mg of Compound 1. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 400 mg of Compound 1.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition in the form of a tablet that comprises Compound 1 , and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, for example, a filler, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a diluent, a binder, a glidant, and a lubricant and any combination thereof, where the tablet has a dissolution of at least about 50% in about 30 minutes.
  • the dissolution rate is at least about 75% in about 30 minutes.
  • the dissolution rate is at least about 90% in about 30 minutes.
  • the tablet has a target friability of less than 1.0% after 400 revolutions.
  • the tablet has a target friability of less than 1.0% after 400 revolutions.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition as described herein further comprising an additional therapeutic agent.
  • the additional therapeutic agent is N-(5-hydroxy-2,4-ditert-butyl-phenyl)-4-oxo-lH-quinoline-3-carboxamide.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a CFTR mediated disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition as described herein.
  • the CFTR mediated disease is cystic fibrosis, emphysema, COPD, or osteoporosis.
  • the CFTR mediated disease is cystic fibrosis.
  • This method may further comprise administering an additional therapeutic agent, wherein in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is N-(5-hydroxy-2,4-ditert-butyl-phenyl)-4-oxo-lH-quinoline-3-carboxamide.
  • the invention provides a process for making the pharmaceutical compositions described herein by a roller compaction process comprising the steps of screening and weighing Compound 1 and excipients; blending Compound 1 and excipients for a suitable amount of time; roller compacting the blend into ribbons and milling the ribbons into granules; blending the granules with extra-granular excipients for a suitable amount of time; compressing the blend into tablets; coating the tablets; and, optionally, printing a monogram on one or both tablet faces.
  • the invention provides a process for making the pharmaceutical compositions described herein by a high shear granulation process comprising the steps of screening and weighing Compound 1 and excipients; mixing Compound 1 and excipients while adding a granulation fluid comprising surfactant and a binder at a suitable mixing speed for a suitable amount of time and chopping the mixture into granules; drying the granules; blending the granules with extra-granular excipients for a suitable amount of time; compressing the blend into tablets; coating the tablets; and, optionally, printing a monogram on one or both tablet faces.
  • a high shear granulation process comprising the steps of screening and weighing Compound 1 and excipients; mixing Compound 1 and excipients while adding a granulation fluid comprising surfactant and a binder at a suitable mixing speed for a suitable amount of time and chopping the mixture into granules; drying the granules; blending the granule
  • Figure 1 is an X-ray diffraction pattern calculated from a single crystal structure of Compound 1 Form I.
  • Figure 2 is an actual X-ray powder diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form I.
  • Figure 3 is an X-ray powder diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II.
  • Figure 4 provides X-ray diffraction patterns of Compound 1 Form II's selected from:
  • Figure 5 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, Methanol Solvate.
  • Figure 6 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, Ethanol Solvate.
  • Figure 7 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, Acetone Solvate.
  • Figure 8 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, 2-Propanol Solvate.
  • Figure 9 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, Acetonitrile Solvate.
  • Figure 10 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II
  • Figure 11 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, Methyl Acetate Solvate.
  • Figure 12 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, 2-Butanone Solvate.
  • Figure 13 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, Ethyl Formate Solvate.
  • Figure 14 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, 2- Methyltetrahydrofuran Solvate.
  • Figure 15 is a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) trace of Compound 1 Form II, Acetone Solvate.
  • Figure 16 is a Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) plot of Compound 1 Form II, Acetone Solvate.
  • Figure 17 is a conformational image of Compound 1 Form II, Acetone Solvate based on single crystal X-ray analysis.
  • Figure 18 is a conformational image of the dimer of Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
  • Figure 19 is an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A calculated from the crystal structure.
  • Figure 20 is an 1 HNMR spectrum of Compound 1.
  • Figure 21 is an 1 HNMR spectrum of Compound 1 HCl salt.
  • Figure 22 is a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) trace of Compound 1 Form I.
  • Figure 23 is a conformational picture of Compound 1 Form I based on single crystal X-ray analysis.
  • Figure 24 is a conformational image of Compound 1 Form II, Acetone Solvate, based on single crystal X-ray analysis.
  • Figure 25 is a solid state 13 C NMR spectrum (15.0 kHz spinning) of Compound 1 Form II, Acetone Solvate.
  • Figure 26 is a solid state F NMR spectrum (12.5 kHz spinning) of Compound 1 Form II, Acetone Solvate.
  • Figure 27 is an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A calculated from the crystal structure.
  • API active pharmaceutical ingredient
  • exemplary APIs include 3-(6-(l-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d] [ 1 ,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 1).
  • solid form when used herein to refer to 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid (Compound 1), refer to a solid form e.g. crystals and the like, comprising
  • Compound 1 which is not predominantly in a liquid or a gaseous state.
  • substantially amorphous refers to a solid material having little or no long range order in the position of its molecules.
  • substantially amorphous materials have less than about 15% crystallimty (e.g., less than about 10%
  • crystallimty or less than about 5% crystallimty. It is also noted that the term 'substantially amorphous' includes the descriptor, 'amorphous', which refers to materials having no (0%>) crystallimty.
  • substantially crystalline refers to a solid material having predominantly long range order in the position of its molecules.
  • substantially crystalline materials have more than about 85% crystallimty (e.g., more than about 90% crystallimty or more than about 95% crystallimty).
  • 'substantially crystalline' includes the descriptor, 'crystalline', which refers to materials having 100% crystallimty.
  • crystalline and related terms used herein, when used to describe a substance, component, product, or form, means that the substance, component or product is substantially crystalline as determined by X-ray diffraction. (See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md. (2003); The United States Pharmacopeia, 23 rd ed., 1843-1844 (1995)).
  • composition generally refers to a composition of two or more components, usually one or more drugs (e.g., one drug (e.g., Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A)) and one or more pharmaceutical excipients.
  • drugs e.g., one drug (e.g., Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A)
  • pharmaceutical excipients e.g., one drug (e.g., Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A)
  • solid dosage form generally refers to a pharmaceutical composition, which when used in an oral mode of administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders and granules.
  • the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier.
  • an “excipient” includes functional and non-functional ingredients in a pharmaceutical composition.
  • a "disintegrant” is an excipient that hydrates a pharmaceutical composition and aids in tablet dispersion.
  • a "diluent” or “filler” is an excipient that adds bulkiness to a pharmaceutical composition.
  • a "surfactant” is an excipient that imparts pharmaceutical
  • compositions with enhanced solubility and/or wetability are provided.
  • a "binder” is an excipient that imparts a pharmaceutical composition with enhanced cohesion or tensile strength (e.g., hardness).
  • a "glidant” is an excipient that imparts a pharmaceutical compositions with enhanced flow properties.
  • a "colorant” is an excipient that imparts a pharmaceutical composition with a desired color.
  • colorants include commercially available pigments such as FD&C Blue # 1 Aluminum Lake, FD&C Blue #2, other FD&C Blue colors, titanium dioxide, iron oxide, and/or combinations thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical composition provided by the invention is purple.
  • a "lubricant” is an excipient that is added to pharmaceutical compositions that are pressed into tablets. The lubricant aids in compaction of granules into tablets and ejection of a tablet of a pharmaceutical composition from a die press.
  • Friability refers to the property of a tablet to remain intact and withhold its form despite an external force of pressure. Friability can be quantified using the mathematical expression presented in equation 1 :
  • Friability is measured using a standard USP testing apparatus that tumbles experimental tablets for 100 or 400 revolutions. Some tablets of the invention have a friability of less than 5.0%. In another embodiment, the friability is less than 2.0%. In another embodiment, the target friability is less than 1.0% after 400 revolutions.
  • mean particle diameter is the average particle diameter as measured using techniques such as laser light scattering, image analysis, or sieve analysis.
  • the granules used to prepare the pharmaceutical compositions provided by the invention have a mean particle diameter of less than 1.0 mm.
  • bulk density is the mass of particles of material divided by the total volume the particles occupy. The total volume includes particle volume, inter-particle void volume and internal pore volume. Bulk density is not an intrinsic property of a material; it can change depending on how the material is processed. In one embodiment, the granules used to prepare the pharmaceutical compositions provided by the invention have a bulk density of about 0.5-0.7 g/cc.
  • An effective amount or "therapeutically effective amount” of a drug compound of the invention may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, and weight of the subject, and the ability of the compound of the invention to elicit a desired response in the subject.
  • Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response.
  • An effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects (e.g., side effects) of the compound of the invention are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects.
  • the terms “therapeutically effective amount” and “effective amount” of a compound mean an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic benefit in the treatment or management of a disease or disorder, or to delay or minimize one or more symptoms associated with the disease or disorder.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” and “effective amount” of a compound mean an amount of therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with one or more other agent(s), which provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment or management of the disease or disorder.
  • the terms “therapeutically effective amount” and “effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall therapy, reduces or avoids symptoms or causes of disease or disorder, or enhances the therapeutic efficacy of another therapeutic agent.
  • substantially pure as used in the phrase "substantially pure Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A,” means greater than about 90% purity. In another embodiment, substantially pure refers to greater than about 95% purity. In another embodiment, substantially pure refers to greater than about 98% purity. In another embodiment, substantially pure refers to greater than about 99% purity.
  • the term “about” or “approximately” means an acceptable error for a particular value as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which depends in part on how the value is measured or determined.
  • the term “about” or “approximately” means within 1, 2, 3, or 4 standard deviations.
  • the term “about” or “approximately” means within 30%>, 25%>, 20%>, 15%>, 10%>, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, 0.1%, or 0.05% of a given value or range.
  • the term “Compound 1” includes, but is not limited to, the solid forms of Compound 1 as described herein, e.g. Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A, as well as combinations thereof.
  • the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions, pharmaceutical formulations and solid dosage forms comprising Compound 1 which may be in substantially crystalline form.
  • Compound 1 is in crystalline Form I (Compound 1 Form I).
  • Compound 1 is in crystalline Form II (Compound 1 Form II).
  • Compound 1 is in crystalline HC1 salt form (Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A). In some embodiments of this aspect, the amount of Compound 1 that is present in the
  • composition is 25 mg, 50 mg, 75 mg, 100 mg, 125 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, or 400 mg.
  • weight/weight relative percent of Compound 1 that is present in the pharmaceutical composition is from 10 to 75 percent.
  • 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3- methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid is present as substantially pure Compound 1.
  • substantially pure means greater than ninety percent pure; preferably greater than 95 percent pure; more preferably greater than 99.5 percent pure (i.e., not mixed with other crystalline forms of
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising: a. Compound 1;
  • a surfactant e. a diluent
  • a lubricant f. a lubricant; and g- and at least one of a glidant and a binder.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises 25 mg of Compound 1. In another embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 50 mg of Compound 1. In another embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 100 mg of Compound 1. In another embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 125 mg of Compound 1. In another embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 150 mg of Compound 1. In another embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 200 mg of Compound 1. In another embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 250 mg of Compound 1. In another embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 400 mg of Compound 1.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions comprises Compound 1 , wherein Compound 1 is present in an amount of at least 15 wt% (e.g., at least 20 wt%, at least 30 wt%, at least 40 wt%, at least 50 wt%, or at least 60 wt%) by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises Compound 1 , a filler, a diluent, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a glidant, and a lubricant.
  • the composition comprises from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% (e.g., about 25-35 wt%) of
  • Compound 1 by weight of the composition and more typically, from 25 wt% to about 45 wt% (e.g., about 28-32 wt%) of Compound 1 by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises Compound 1 , a filler, a diluent, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, and a lubricant.
  • the composition comprises from about 30 wt% to about 60 wt% (e.g., about 40-55 wt%) of
  • Compound 1 by weight of the composition and more typically from 35 wt% to about 70 wt% (e.g., about 45-55 wt%) of Compound 1 by weight of the composition.
  • the concentration of Compound 1 in the composition depends on several factors such as the amount of pharmaceutical composition needed to provide a desired amount of Compound 1 and the desired dissolution profile of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises Compound 1 , in which Compound 1 in its solid form has a mean particle diameter, measured by light scattering (e.g., using a Malvern Mastersizer available from Malvern Instruments in England) of 0.1 microns to 10 microns.
  • the particle size of Compound 1 is 1 micron to 5 microns.
  • Compound 1 has a particle size D50 of 2.0 microns.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions which are oral formulations also comprise one or more excipients such as fillers, disintegrants, surfactants, diluents, binders, glidants, lubricants, colorants, or fragrances and any combination thereof.
  • excipients such as fillers, disintegrants, surfactants, diluents, binders, glidants, lubricants, colorants, or fragrances and any combination thereof.
  • Fillers suitable for the invention are compatible with the ingredients of the
  • Exemplary fillers include: celluloses, modified celluloses, (e.g. sodium
  • carboxymethyl cellulose ethyl cellulose hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose
  • cellulose acetate microcrystalline cellulose
  • calcium phosphates dibasic calcium phosphate
  • starches e.g. corn starch, potato starch
  • sugars e.g., sorbitol lactose, sucrose, or the like
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least one filler in an amount of at least 5 wt% (e.g., at least about 20 wt%, at least about 30 wt%, or at least about 40 wt%) by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 10 wt% to about 60 wt% (e.g., from about 20 wt% to about 55 wt%, from about 25 wt% to about 50 wt%, or from about 27 wt% to about 45 wt%) of filler, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least about 20 wt% (e.g., at least 30 wt% or at least 40 wt%) of microcrystalline cellulose, for example MCC Avicel PHI 02, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 10 wt% to about 60 wt% (e.g., from about 20 wt% to about 55 wt% or from about 25 wt% to about 45 wt%) of microcellulose, by weight of the
  • Disintegrants suitable for the invention enhance the dispersal of the pharmaceutical composition and are compatible with the ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the chemical stability, the physical stability, the hardness, or the biological activity of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • exemplary disintegrants include croscarmellose sodium, sodium starch glycolate, or a combination thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises disintegrant in an amount of about 10 wt% or less (e.g., about 7 wt% or less, about 6 wt% or less, or about 5 wt% or less) by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 1 wt% to about 10 wt% (e.g., from about 1.5 wt% to about 7.5 wt% or from about 2.5 wt% to about 6 wt%) of disintegrant, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises about 10 wt% or less (e.g., 7 wt% or less, 6 wt% or less, or 5 wt% or less) of croscarmellose sodium, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 1 wt% to about 10 wt% (e.g., from about 1.5 wt% to about 7.5 wt% or from about 2.5 wt% to about 6 wt%) of croscarmellose sodium, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 0.1% to about 10 wt% (e.g., from about 0.5 wt% to about 7.5 wt% or from about 1.5 wt% to about 6 wt%) of disintegrant, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 0.5% to about 10 wt%> (e.g., from about 1.5 wt%> to about 7.5 wt%> or from about 2.5 wt%> to about 6 wt%>) of disintegrant, by weight of the composition.
  • Surfactants suitable for the invention enhance the wettability of the pharmaceutical composition and are compatible with the ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the chemical stability, the physical stability, the hardness, or the biological activity of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • exemplary surfactants include sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS), sodium stearyl fumarate (SSF), polyoxyethylene 20 sorbitan mono-oleate (e.g., TweenTM), any combination thereof, or the like.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a surfactant in an amount of about 10 wt%> or less (e.g., about 5 wt%> or less, about 2 wt%> or less, about 1 wt%> or less, about 0.8 wt%> or less, or about 0.6 wt%> or less) by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition includes from about 10 wt% to about 0.1 wt% (e.g., from about 5 wt% to about 0.2 wt% or from about 2 wt% to about 0.3 wt%) of surfactant, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises 10 wt%> or less (e.g., about 5 wt%> or less, about 2 wt%> or less, about 1 wt%> or less, about 0.8 wt%> or less, or about 0.6 wt%> or less) of sodium lauryl sulfate, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 10 wt% to about 0.1 wt%> (e.g., from about 5 wt%> to about 0.2 wt%> or from about 2 wt%> to about 0.3 wt%>) of sodium lauryl sulfate, by weight of the composition.
  • Binders suitable for the invention enhance the tablet strength of the pharmaceutical composition and are compatible with the ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the chemical stability, the physical stability, or the biological activity of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • exemplary binders include polyvinylpyrrolidone, dibasic calcium phosphate, sucrose, corn (maize) starch, modified cellulose (e.g., hydroxymethyl cellulose), or any combination thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a binder in an amount of at least about 0.1 wt% (e.g., at least about 1 wt%, at least about 3 wt%, at least about 4 wt%, or at least about 5 wt%) by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 0.1 wt% to about 10 wt% (e.g., from about 1 wt% to about 10 wt% or from about 2 wt% to about 7 wt%) of binder, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least about 0.1 wt% (e.g., at least about 1 wt%, at least about 2 wt%, at least about 3 wt%, or at least about 4 wt%) of
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a glidant in an amount ranging from about 0.1 wt% to about 10 wt% (e.g., from about 1 wt% to about 8 wt% or from about 2 wt% to about 5 wt%) of
  • polyvinylpyrrolidone by weight of the composition.
  • Diluents suitable for the invention may add necessary bulk to a formulation to prepare tablets of the desired size and are generally compatible with the ingredients of the
  • diluents include: sugars, for example, confectioner's sugar,
  • compressible sugar for example, powdered cellulose, talc, calcium phosphate, starch, or any combination thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a diluent in an amount of 40 wt% or less (e.g., 35 wt% or less, 30 wt% or less, or 25 wt% or less, or 20 wt% or less, or 15 wt% or less, or 10 wt% or less) by weight of the composition.
  • a diluent in an amount of 40 wt% or less (e.g., 35 wt% or less, 30 wt% or less, or 25 wt% or less, or 20 wt% or less, or 15 wt% or less, or 10 wt% or less) by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 40 wt% to about 1 wt% (e.g., from about 35 wt% to about 5 wt% or from about 30 wt% to about 7 wt%, from about 25 wt% to about 10 wt%, from about 20 wt% to about 15 wt%) of diluent, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises 40 wt% or less (e.g., 35 wt% or less, 25 wt% or less, or 15 wt% or less) of mannitol, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 35 wt% to about 1 wt% (e.g., from about 30 wt% to about 5 wt% or from about 25 wt% to about 10 wt%) of mannitol, by weight of the composition.
  • Glidants suitable for the invention enhance the flow properties of the pharmaceutical composition and are compatible with the ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the solubility, the hardness, the chemical stability, the physical stability, or the biological activity of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • exemplary glidants include colloidal silicon dioxide, talc, or a combination thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a glidant in an amount of 2 wt% or less (e.g., 1.75 wt%, 1.25 wt% or less, or 1.00 wt% or less) by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 2 wt% to about 0.05 wt% (e.g., from about 1.5 wt% to about 0.07 wt% or from about 1.0 wt% to about 0.09 wt%) of glidant, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises 2 wt% or less (e.g., 1.75 wt%, 1.25 wt% or less, or 1.00 wt% or less) of colloidal silicon dioxide, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises 2 wt% or less (e.g., 1.75 wt%, 1.25 wt% or less, or 1.00 wt% or less) of colloidal silicon dioxide, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises 2 wt% or less (e.g., 1.75 wt%, 1.25 wt% or less, or 1.00 wt% or less) of colloidal silicon dioxide, by weight of the composition.
  • composition comprises from about 2 wt% to about 0.05 wt% (e.g., from about 1.5 wt% to about 0.07 wt% or from about 1.0 wt% to about 0.09 wt%) of colloidal silicon dioxide, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can include an oral solid pharmaceutical dosage form which can comprise a lubricant that can prevent adhesion of a granulate-bead admixture to a surface (e.g., a surface of a mixing bowl, a compression die and/or punch).
  • a lubricant can also reduce interparticle friction within the granulate and improve the compression and ejection of compressed pharmaceutical compositions from a die press.
  • the lubricant is also compatible with the ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the solubility, the hardness, or the biological activity of the
  • exemplary lubricants include magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, sodium stearate, stearic acid, aluminum stearate, leucine, glyceryl behenate, hydrogenated vegetable oil or any combination thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a lubricant in an amount of 5 wt% or less (e.g., 4.75 wt%, 4.0 wt% or less, or 3.00 wt% or less, or 2.0 wt% or less) by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 5 wt% to about 0.10 wt% (e.g., from about 4.5 wt% to about 0.5 wt% or from about 3 wt% to about 1 wt%) of lubricant, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises 5 wt% or less (e.g., 4.0 wt% or less, 3.0 wt% or less, or 2.0 wt% or less, or 1.0 wt% or less) of magnesium stearate, by weight of the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 5 wt% to about 0.10 wt% (e.g., from about 4.5 wt% to about 0.15 wt% or from about 3.0 wt% to about 0.50 wt%) of magnesium stearate, by weight of the composition.
  • compositions of the invention can optionally comprise one or more colorants, flavors, and/or fragrances to enhance the visual appeal, taste, and/or scent of the composition.
  • Suitable colorants, flavors, or fragrances are compatible with the ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the solubility, the chemical stability, the physical stability, the hardness, or the biological activity of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a colorant, a flavor, and/or a fragrance.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions provided by the invention are purple.
  • the pharmaceutical composition includes or can be made into tablets and the tablets can be coated with a colorant and optionally labeled with a logo, other image and/or text using a suitable ink.
  • the pharmaceutical composition includes or can be made into tablets and the tablets can be coated with a colorant, waxed, and optionally labeled with a logo, other image and/or text using a suitable ink.
  • Suitable colorants and inks are compatible with the ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the solubility, the chemical stability, the physical stability, the hardness, or the biological activity of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the suitable colorants and inks can be any color and are water based or solvent based.
  • tablets made from the pharmaceutical composition are coated with a colorant and then labeled with a logo, other image, and/or text using a suitable ink. For example, tablets comprising
  • pharmaceutical composition as described herein can be coated with about 3 wt% (e.g., less than about 6 wt% or less than about 4 wt%) of film coating comprising a colorant.
  • the colored tablets can be labeled with a logo and text indicating the strength of the active ingredient in the tablet using a suitable ink.
  • tablets comprising pharmaceutical composition as described herein can be coated with about 3 wt% (e.g., less than about 6 wt% or less than about 4 wt%) of a film coating comprising a colorant.
  • tablets made from the pharmaceutical composition are coated with a colorant, waxed, and then labeled with a logo, other image, and/or text using a suitable ink.
  • tablets comprising pharmaceutical composition as described herein can be coated with about 3 wt% (e.g., less than about 6 wt% or less than about 4 wt%) of film coating comprising a colorant.
  • the colored tablets can be waxed with Carnauba wax powder weighed out in the amount of about 0.01% w/w of the starting tablet core weight.
  • the waxed tablets can be labeled with a logo and text indicating the strength of the active ingredient in the tablet using a suitable ink.
  • tablets comprising pharmaceutical composition as described herein can be coated with about 3 wt% (e.g., less than about 6 wt% or less than about 4 wt%) of a film coating comprising a colorant
  • the colored tablets can be waxed with Carnauba wax powder weighed out in the amount of about 0.01% w/w of the starting tablet core weight.
  • the waxed tablets can be labeled with a logo and text indicating the strength of the active ingredient in the tablet using a pharmaceutical grade ink such as a black ink (e.g., Opacode® S-l- 17823, a solvent based ink, commercially available from Colorcon, Inc. of West Point, PA.).
  • a black ink e.g., Opacode® S-l- 17823, a solvent based ink, commercially available from Colorcon, Inc. of West Point, PA.
  • One exemplary pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 15 wt% to about 70 wt%> (e.g., from about 15 wt%> to about 60 wt%>, from about 15 wt%> to about 50 wt%>, or from about 15 wt%> to about 40 wt%>, or from about 20 wt%> to about 70 wt%>, or from about 30 wt%> to about 70 wt%>, or from about 40 wt%> to about 70 wt%>, or from about 50 wt%> to about 70 wt%>) of Compound 1 , by weight of the composition.
  • Compound 1 e.g., from about 15 wt%> to about 60 wt%>, from about 15 wt%> to about 50 wt%>, or from about 15 wt%> to about 40 wt%>, or from about 20 wt%> to about 70 wt%>, or from about 30 wt%> to
  • compositions can also include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, for example, from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% of a filler; from about 1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a disintegrant; from about 2 wt% to about 0.3 wt% of a surfactant; from about 0.1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a binder; from about 1 wt% to about 30 wt% of a diluent; from about 2 wt% to about 0.05 wt% of a glidant; and from about 5 wt% to about 0.1 wt% of a lubricant.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable excipients for example, from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% of a filler; from about 1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a disintegrant; from about 2 wt% to about 0.3 wt% of a surfactant; from about 0.1 w
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a composition containing from about 15 wt% to about 70 wt% (e.g., from about 20 wt% to about 40 wt%>, from about 25 wt%> to about 60 wt%>, or from about 30 wt%> to about 55 wt%>) of Compound 1, by weight of the composition; and one or more excipients, for example, from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% of a filler; from about 1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a disintegrant; from about 2 wt% to about 0.3 wt% of a surfactant; from about 0.1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a binder; from about 1 wt% to about 30 wt% of a diluent; from about 2 wt% to about 0.05 wt% of a glidant; and from about 5 wt% to about 0.1 wt% of a lubric
  • Another exemplary pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 15 wt% to about 70 wt% (e.g., from about 15 wt% to about 60 wt%, from about 15 wt% to about 50 wt%, or from about 15 wt% to about 40 wt% or from about 20 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 30 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 40 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 50 wt% to about 70 wt%) of Compound 1 by weight of the composition, and one or more excipients, for example, from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% of a filler; from about 1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a disintegrant; from about 2 wt% to about 0.3 wt% of a surfactant; from about 0.1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a binder; from about 1 wt% to about 30
  • Another exemplary pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 15 wt% to about 70 wt% (e.g., from about 15 wt% to about 60 wt%, from about 15 wt% to about 50 wt%, or from about 15 wt% to about 40 wt% or from about 20 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 30 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 40 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 50 wt% to about 70 wt%) of Compound 1 by weight of the composition, and one or more excipients, for example, from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% of a filler; from about 1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a disintegrant; from about 2 wt% to about 0.3 wt% of a surfactant; from about 0.1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a binder; from about 1 wt% to about 30
  • Another exemplary pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 15 wt% to about 70 wt% (e.g., from about 15 wt% to about 60 wt%, from about 15 wt% to about 50 wt%, or from about 15 wt% to about 40 wt% or from about 20 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 30 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 40 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 50 wt% to about 70 wt%) of Compound 1 and one or more excipients, for example, from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% of a filler; from about 1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a disintegrant; from about 2 wt% to about 0.3 wt% of a surfactant; from about 0.1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a binder; from about 1 wt% to about 30 wt% of a
  • the invention is a granular pharmaceutical composition comprising:
  • Another granular composition formulated into an oral formulation of the invention comprises:
  • a pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention comprises: a. about 30 wt% of a Compound 1 by weight of the composition;
  • Another pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention comprises:
  • Another pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention comprises:
  • composition b. about 20 wt% of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition; c. about 13 wt% of mannitol by weight of the composition;
  • Another pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention comprises:
  • magnesium stearate g. about 1 to 5 mg of magnesium stearate.
  • Another pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention comprises:
  • magnesium stearate g. about 4 mg of magnesium stearate.
  • Another pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention comprises:
  • magnesium stearate g. about 4 mg of magnesium stearate.
  • Another pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention comprises:
  • compositions of the invention can be processed into a tablet form, capsule form, pouch form, lozenge form, or other solid form that is suited for oral administration.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions are in tablet form.
  • composition having an initial hardness of 5-21 kP ⁇ 20 percent comprises: about 30 wt% of Compound 1; about 42 wt% of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition; about 21 wt% of mannitol by weight of the composition; about 3 wt% of sodium croscarmellose sodium by weight of the composition; about 1 wt% of sodium lauryl sulfate by weight of the composition; about 2.5 wt% of magnesium stearate by weight of the composition; and about 0.5 wt% of colloidal silica by weight of the composition.
  • the amount of Compound 1 in the shaped pharmaceutical tablet ranges from about 25 mg to about 250 mg, for example, 50 mg, or 75 mg, or 100 mg, or 150 mg, 200 mg, or 250 mg Compound 1 per tablet.
  • composition having an initial hardness of 5-21 kP ⁇ 20 percent comprises: about 49 wt% of a Compound 1 ; about 29 wt% of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition; about 12.6 wt% of mannitol by weight of the composition; about 4 wt% of sodium croscarmellose sodium by weight of the composition; about 4 wt% of polyvinylpyrrolidone by weight of the composition; about 1 wt% of sodium lauryl sulfate by weight of the composition; and about 0.5 wt% of magnesium stearate by weight of the composition.
  • Compound 1 in the shaped pharmaceutical tablet ranges from about 25 mg to about 250 mg, for example, 50 mg, or 75 mg, or 100 mg, or 150 mg, 200 mg, or 250 mg Compound 1 per tablet.
  • the shaped pharmaceutical tablet contains about 100 mg of Compound 1. In certain embodiments, the shaped pharmaceutical tablet contains about 200 mg of Compound 1.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides a pharmaceutical formulation consisting of a tablet or capsule that includes a Compound 1 and other excipients (e.g., a filler, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, a glidant, a colorant, a lubricant, or any combination thereof), each of which is described above and in the Examples below, wherein the tablet has a dissolution of at least about 50% (e.g., at least about 60%>, at least about 70%>, at least about 80%>, at least about 90%>, or at least about 99%) in about 30 minutes.
  • a Compound 1 e.g., a filler, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, a glidant, a colorant, a lubricant, or any combination thereof
  • the pharmaceutical composition consists of a tablet that includes Compound 1 in an amount ranging from 25 mg to 250 mg, for example, 25 mg, or 50 mg, or 75 mg, or 100 mg, or 150 mg, 200 mg, or 250 mg and one or more excipients (e.g., a filler, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, a glidant, a colorant, a lubricant, or any combination thereof), each of which is described above and in the Examples below, wherein the tablet has a dissolution of from about 50% to about 100% (e.g., from about 55% to about 95% or from about 60% to about 90%) in about 30 minutes.
  • the excipients e.g., a filler, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, a glidant, a colorant, a lubricant, or any combination thereof
  • composition consists of a tablet that comprises a composition comprising Compound 1 ; and one or more excipients from: a filler, a diluent, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, a glidant, and a lubricant, wherein the tablet has a dissolution of at least about 50% (e.g., at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 99%) in about 30 minutes.
  • a filler e.g., at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 99%
  • the tablet comprises a composition comprising at least about 25 mg (e.g., at least about 30 mg, at least about 40 mg, or at least about 50 mg) of Compound 1 ; and one or more excipients from: a filler, a diluent, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, a glidant, and a lubricant.
  • a filler e.g., at least about 30 mg, at least about 40 mg, or at least about 50 mg
  • excipients from: a filler, a diluent, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, a glidant, and a lubricant.
  • the tablet comprises a composition comprising at least about 25 mg (e.g., at least about 30 mg, at least about 40 mg, at least about 50 mg, at least about 100 mg, or at least 150 mg) of Compound 1 and one or more excipients from: a filler, a diluent, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, a glidant, and a lubricant.
  • Dissolution can be measured with a standard USP Type II apparatus that employs a dissolution media of 0.1 % CTAB dissolved in 900 mL of DI water, buffered at pH 6.8 with 50 mM potassium phosphate monoasic, stirring at about 50-75 rpm at a temperature of about 37 °C. A single experimental tablet is tested in each test vessel of the apparatus. Dissolution can also be measured with a standard USP Type II apparatus that employs a dissolution media of 0.7%> sodium lauryl sulfate dissolved in 900 mL of 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 6.8), stirring at about 65 rpm at a temperature of about 37 °C. A single experimental tablet is tested in each test vessel of the apparatus.
  • Dissolution can also be measured with a standard USP Type II apparatus that employs a dissolution media of 0.5%> sodium lauryl sulfate dissolved in 900 mL of 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 6.8), stirring at about 65 rpm at a temperature of about 37 °C. A single experimental tablet is tested in each test vessel of the apparatus.
  • Compound 1 is used as the starting point for the other solid state forms and can be prepared by coupling an acid chloride moiety with an amine moiety according to Schemes 1-4.
  • Scheme 1 depicts the preparation of l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5- yl)cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride, which is used in Scheme 3 to make the amide linkage of Compound 1.
  • the starting material, 2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxole-5-carboxylic acid is commercially available from Saltigo (an affiliate of the Lanxess Corporation). Reduction of the carboxylc acid moiety in 2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l ,3]dioxole-5-carboxylic acid to the primary alcohol, followed by conversion to the corresponding chloride using thionyl chloride (SOCl 2 ), provides 5-(chloromethyl)-2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxole, which is subsequently converted to 2-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl)acetonitrile using sodium cyanide.
  • Saltigo an affiliate of the Lanxess Corporation
  • nitrile moiety in l-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarbonitrile is converted to a carboxylic acid using base to give l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid, which is converted to the desired acid chloride using thionyl chloride.
  • Scheme 2 depicts an alternative synthesis of the requisite acid chloride.
  • 5- bromomethyl-2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxole is coupled with ethyl cyanoacetate in the presence of a palladium catalyst to form the corresponding alpha cyano ethyl ester.
  • Saponification of the ester moiety to the carboxylic acid gives the cyanoethyl compound.
  • Alkylation of the cyanoethyl compound with l-bromo-2-chloro ethane in the presence of base gives the cyanocyclopropyl compound.
  • Scheme 3 depicts the preparation of the requisite tert-butyl 3-(6-amino-3- methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate, which is coupled with l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5- yl)cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride in Scheme 3 to give Compound 1.
  • Palladium-catalyzed coupling of 2-bromo-3-methylpyridine with 3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)phenylboronic acid gives tert-butyl 3-(3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate, which is subsequently converted to the desired compound.
  • Scheme 4 depicts the preparation of the requisite requisite tert-butyl 3-(6-amino-3- methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate, which is coupled with l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5- yl)cyclopropan
  • Scheme 4 depicts the coupling of l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5- yl)cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride with tert-butyl 3-(6-amino-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate using triethyl amine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine to initially provide the tert-butyl ester of Compound 1.
  • Compound 1 Form I is prepared by dispersing or dissolving a salt form, such as the HC1 salt, of Compound 1 in an appropriate solvent for an effective amount of time. Treatment of the tert-butyl ester with an acid such as HC1, gives the HCL salt of Compound 1 , which is typically a crystalline solid. Compound 1 Form I may also be prepared directly from the t-butyl ester precursor by treatment with an appropriate acid, such as formic acid.
  • cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid can be used to make Form I by dispersing or dissolving the HC1 salt of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid in an appropriate solvent for an effective amount of time.
  • salts of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid may be used, such as, for example, salts derived from other mineral or organic acids.
  • the other salts result from acid- mediated hydrolysis of the t-butyl ester moiety.
  • Salts derived from other acids may include, for example, nitric, sulfuric, phosphoric, boric, acetic, benzoic and malonic.
  • salt forms of 3- (6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l ,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2- yl)benzoic acid may or may not be soluble, depending upon the solvent used, but lack of solubility does not hinder formation of Form I.
  • the appropriate solvent may be water or an alcohol/water mixture such as 50% methanol/water mixture, even though the HC1 salt form of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l ,3]dioxol-5-yl)
  • cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid is only sparingly soluble in water.
  • the appropriate solvent is water.
  • the effective amount of time for formation of Form I from the salt of 3-(6-(l-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d] [ 1 ,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid can be any time between 2 to 24 hours or greater. It is recognized that the amount of time needed is inversely proportional to the temperature. That is, the higher the temperature the less time needed to affect dissociation of acid to form Form I. When the solvent is water, stirring the dispersion for approximately 24 hours at room temperature provides Form I in an approximately 98% yield. If a solution of the salt of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l ,3]dioxol-5-yl)
  • substantially pure refers to greater than about 90% purity. In another embodiment, substantially pure refers to greater than about 95% purity. In another embodiment, substantially pure refers to greater than about 98% purity. In another embodiment, substantially pure refers to greater than about 99% purity.
  • the temperature selected depends in part on the solvent used and is well within the determination capabilities of one of ordinary skill in the art. In one embodiment, the temperature is between room temperature and about 80 °C. In another embodiment, the temperature is between room temperature and about 40 °C. In another embodiment, the temperature is between about 40 °C and about 60 °C. In another embodiment, the temperature is between about 60 °C and about 80 °C.
  • Compound 1 Form I may also be formed directly from 3-(6-(l-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d] [ 1 ,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-t- butylbenzoate (cf. Scheme 3), which is a precursor to the salt of Compound 1.
  • Compound 1 Form I may be further purified by recrystallization from an organic solvent.
  • organic solvents include, but are not limited to, toluene, cumene, anisol, 1- butanol, isopropyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, methyl t-butyl ether, methyl isobutyl ketone and 1-propanol-water mixtures.
  • the temperature may be as described above.
  • Form I is dissolved in 1 -butanol at 75 °C until it is completely dissolved. Cooling down the solution to 10 °C at a rate of 0.2 °C/min yields crystals of Form I which may be isolated by filtration.
  • Compound 1 Form I is characterized by one or more peaks at 15.2 to 15.6 degrees, 16.1 to 16.5 degrees, and 14.3 to 14.7 degrees in an X-ray powder diffraction obtained using Cu K alpha radiation. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is characterized by one or more peaks at 15.4, 16.3, and 14.5 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 14.6 to 15.0 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 14.8 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 17.6 to 18.0 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 17.8 degrees.
  • Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 16.4 to 16.8 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 16.4 to 16.8 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 16.6 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 7.6 to 8.0 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 7.8 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 25.8 to 26.2 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further
  • Compound 1 Form I is characterized by a peak at 26.0 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 21.4 to 21.8 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 21.6 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 23.1 to 23.5 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 23.3 degrees. In some embodiments, Compound 1 Form I is characterized by a diffraction pattern substantially similar to that of Figure 1. In some embodiments, Compound 1 Form I is characterized by a diffraction pattern substantially similar to that of Figure 2.
  • the particle size distribution of D90 is about 82 ⁇ or less for Compound 1 Form I. In some embodiments, the particle size distribution of D50 is about 30 ⁇ or less for Compound 1 Form I.
  • Compound 1 Form II is prepared by slurrying Compound 1 Form I in an appropriate solvent at a sufficient concentration for a sufficient time. The slurry is then filtered centrifugally or under vacuum and dried at ambient conditions for sufficient time to yield Compound 1 Form II.
  • Compound 1 Form I is slurried in about 450 to 550 of an appropriate solvent. In another embodiment, about 30 mg of Compound 1 Form I is slurried in about 500 ⁇ of an appropriate solvent.
  • the time that Compound 1 Form I is allowed to slurry with the solvent is froml hour to four days. More particularly, the time that Compound 1 Form I is allowed to slurry with the solvent is froml to 3 days. More particularly, the time is 2 days.
  • the appropriate solvent is selected from an organic solvent of sufficient size to fit the voids in the crystalline lattice of Compound 1 Form II. In other embodiments, the solvate is of sufficient size to fit in voids measuring about 100 A 3 .
  • the solvent is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, acetone, 2-propanol, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, methyl acetate, 2-butanone, ethyl formate, and 2-methyl tetrahydrofuran.
  • Compound 1 Form II may be obtained from a mixture comprising one or more of these solvents and water.
  • the effective amount of time for drying Compound 1 Form II is 1 to 24 hours. More particularly, the time is 6 to 18 hours. More particularly, the time is about 12 hours.
  • Compound 1 Form II is prepared by dispersing or dissolving a salt form of Compound 1 , such as an HC1 salt of Compound 1 in an appropriate solvent for an effective amount of time.
  • Compound 1 Form II as disclosed herein comprises a crystalline lattice of Compound 1 in which voids in the crystalline lattice are empty, or occupied, or partially occupied by one or more molecules of a suitable solvent.
  • suitable solvents include, but are not limited to, methanol, ethanol, acetone, 2-propanol, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, methyl acetate, 2-butanone, ethyl formate, and 2-methyl tetrahydrofuran.
  • Certain physical characterisics of Compound 1 isostructural solvate forms, such as X-ray powder diffraction, melting point and DSC, are not substantially affected by the particular solvent molecule in question.
  • Compound 1 Form II is characterized by one or more peaks at 21.50 to 21.90 degrees, 8.80 to 9.20 degrees, and 10.80 to 11.20 degrees in an X-ray powder diffraction obtained using Cu K alpha radiation.
  • Compound 1 Form II is characterized by one or more peaks at 21.50 to 21.90 degrees, 8.80 to 9.20 degrees, 10.80 to 11.20 degrees, 18.00 to 18.40 degrees, and 22.90 to 23.30 degrees in an X-ray powder diffraction obtained using Cu K alpha radiation.
  • Compound 1 Form II is characterized by one or more peaks at 21.70, 8.98, and 11.04 degrees.
  • Compound 1 Form II is characterized by one or more peaks at 21.70, 8.98, 11.04, 18.16, and 23.06 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is characterized by a peak at 21.50 to 21.90 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 21.70 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 8.80 to 9.20 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 8.98 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 10.80 to 11.20 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 11.04.
  • Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 18.00 to 18.40 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 18.16 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 22.90 to 23.30 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 23.06 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 20.40 to 20.80 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 20.63 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 22.00 to 22.40 degrees.
  • Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 22.22 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 18.40 to 18.80 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 18.57 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further
  • Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 16.50 to 16.90 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 16.66 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 19.70 to 20.10 degrees. In another embodiment,
  • Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 19.86 degrees.
  • Compound 1 Form II is characterized by a diffraction pattern substantially similar to that of Figure 3. In some embodiments, Compound 1 Form II is characterized by diffraction patterns substantially similar to those provided in Figure 4.
  • the solvate that forms Compound 1 Form II is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, acetone, 2-propanol, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, methyl acetate, 2-butanone, ethyl formate, and 2-methyl tetrahydrofuran.
  • the invention provides Compound 1 Form II which exhibits two or more phase transitions as determined by DSC or a similar analytic method known to the skilled artisan.
  • the DSC of Compound 1 Form II is substantially similar to the DSC trace depicted in Figure 15.
  • the DSC gives two phase transitions.
  • the DSC gives three phase transitions.
  • one of the phase transitions occurs between 200 and 207 °C.
  • one of the phase transitions occurs between 204 and 206 °C.
  • one of the phase transitions occurs between 183 and 190 °C. In another embodiment, one of the phase transitions occurs between 185 and 187 °C. In another embodiment, the melting point of Compound 1, Solvate Form A is between 183 °C to 190 °C. In another embodiment, the melting point of Compound 1, Solvate Form A is between 185 °C to 187 °C.
  • Compound 1 Form II comprises 1 to 10 weight percent (wt. %) solvate as determined by TGA. In some embodiments, the TGA of Compound 1 Form II is substantially similar to the TGA trace depicted in Figure 16. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II comprises 2 to 5 wt. % solvate as determined by TGA or a similar analytic method known to the skilled artisan.
  • Compound 1 Form II acetone solvate has a P2i/n space group, and the following unit cell dimensions:
  • Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A can be prepared from the HC1 salt of Compound 1, by dissolving the HC1 salt of Compound 1 in a minimum of solvent and removing the solvent by slow evaporation.
  • the solvent is an alcohol.
  • the solvent is ethanol.
  • Slow evaporation is generally carried out by impeding the evaporation of the solvent.
  • slow evaporation involves dissolving the HC1 salt of Compound 1 in a vial and covering the vial with parafilm that contains a hole poked in it.
  • Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A is characterized by one or more peaks at 8.80 to 9.20 degrees, 17.30 to 17.70 degrees, and 18.20 to 18.60 degrees in an X-ray powder diffraction obtained using Cu K alpha radiation.
  • Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A is characterized by one or more peaks at 8.80 to 9.20 degrees, 17.30 to 17.70 degrees, 18.20 to 18.60 degrees, 10.10 to 10.50, and 15.80 to 16.20 degrees in an X-ray powder diffraction obtained using Cu K alpha radiation.
  • Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is characterized by one or more peaks at 8.96, 17.51, and 18.45 degrees.
  • Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is characterized by one or more peaks at 8.96, 17.51, 18.45. 10.33, and 16.01 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is characterized by a peak at 8.80 to 9.20 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is characterized by a peak at 8.96 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 17.30 to 17.70 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is characterized by a peak at 17.51 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 18.20 to 18.60 degrees.
  • Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 18.45degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 10.10 to 10.50 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 10.33 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 15.80 to 16.20 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 16.01 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 11.70 to 12.10 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 11.94 degrees.
  • Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 7.90 to 8.30 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 8.14 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 9.90 to 10.30 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 10.10 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 16.40 to 16.80 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 16.55 degrees.
  • Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 9.30 to 9.70 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 9.54 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 16.40 to 16.80 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 16.55 degrees. In some embodiments, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is characterized as a dimer as depicted in Figure 18. [00159] In some embodiments, Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A is characterized by a diffraction pattern substantially similar to that of Figure 19.
  • the dosage unit forms of the invention can be produced by compacting or
  • tablette includes compressed pharmaceutical dosage unit forms of all shapes and sizes, whether coated or uncoated.
  • dosage unit form refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated.
  • a compacted mixture has a density greater than that of the mixture prior to compaction.
  • a dosage unit form of the invention can have almost any shape including concave and/or convex faces, rounded or angled corners, and a rounded to rectilinear shape.
  • the compressed dosage forms of the invention comprise a rounded tablet having flat faces.
  • the solid pharmaceutical dosage forms of the invention can be prepared by any compaction and compression method known by persons of ordinary skill in the art of forming compressed solid pharmaceutical dosage forms.
  • the formulations provided herein may be prepared using conventional methods known to those skilled in the field of pharmaceutical formulation, as described, e.g., in pertinent textbooks. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md. (2003); Ansel et al., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms And Drug Delivery Systems, 7th Edition, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, (1999); The Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 4 th edition, Rowe et al., Eds., American Pharmaceuticals Association (2003); Gibson, Pharmaceutical Preformulation And Formulation, CRC Press (2001), these references hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Granulation and Compression
  • solid forms including powders comprising the active agent Compound 1 and the included pharmaceutically acceptable excipients (e.g. filler, diluent, disintegrant, surfactant, glidant, binder, lubricant, or any combination thereof ) can be subjected to a dry granulation process.
  • the dry granulation process causes the powder to agglomerate into larger particles having a size suitable for further processing. Dry granulation can improve the flowability of a mixture in order to be able to produce tablets that comply with the demand of mass variation or content uniformity.
  • Formulations as described herein may be produced using one or more mixing and dry granulations steps.
  • the order and the number of the mixing and granulation steps do not seem to be critical.
  • at least one of the excipients and Compound 1 can be been subject to dry granulation or wet high shear granulation before compression into tablets. Dry granulation of Compound 1 and the excipients made together prior to tablet compression seem, surprisingly, to be a simple, inexpensive and efficient way of providing close physical contact between the ingredients of the present compositions and formulations and thus results in a tablet formulation with good stability properties.
  • Dry granulation can be carried out by a mechanical process, which transfers energy to the mixture without any use of any liquid substances (neither in the form of aqueous solutions, solutions based on organic solutes, or mixtures thereof) in contrast to wet granulation processes, also contemplated herein.
  • the mechanical process requires compaction such as the one provided by roller compaction.
  • An example of an alternative method for dry granulation is slugging.
  • roller compaction is a granulation process comprising highly intensive mechanical compacting of one or more substances.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising an admixture of powders is pressed, that is roller compacted, between 2 counter rotating rollers to make a solid sheet which is subsequently crushed in a sieve to form a particulate matter. In this particulate matter, a close mechanical contact between the ingredients can be obtained.
  • roller compaction equipment is Minipactor® a Gerteis 3W-Polygran from Gerteis Maschinen+Processengineering AG.
  • tablet compression according to the invention can occur without any use of any liquid substances (neither in the form of aqueous solutions, solutions based on organic solutes, or mixtures thereof), i.e. a dry granulation process.
  • the resulting core or tablet has a compressive strength in the range of 1 to 15 kP; such as 1.5 to 12.5 kP, preferably in the range of 2 to 10 kP.
  • the ingredients are weighed according to the formula set herein.
  • all of the intragranular ingredients are sifted and mixed well.
  • the ingredients can be lubricated with a suitable lubricant, for example, magnesium stearate.
  • the next step can comprise compaction/slugging of the powder admixture and sized ingredients.
  • the compacted or slugged blends are milled into granules and sifted to obtain the desired size.
  • the granules can be further lubricated with, for example, magnesium stearate.
  • the granular composition of the invention can be compressed on suitable punches into various pharmaceutical formulations in accordance with the invention.
  • the tablets can be coated with a film, colorant or other coating.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides a method for producing a pharmaceutical composition
  • a method for producing a pharmaceutical composition comprising providing an admixture of a composition comprising Compound 1 and one or more excipients selected from: a filler, a diluent, a binder, a glidant, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and compressing the composition into a tablet having a dissolution of at least about 50% in about 30 minutes.
  • a wet granulation process is performed to yield the pharmaceutical formulation of the invention from an admixture of powdered and liquid ingredients.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising an admixture of a composition comprising Compound 1 and one or more excipients selected from: a filler, a diluent, a binder, a glidant, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, are weighed as per the formula set herein.
  • all of the intragranular ingredients are sifted and mixed in a high shear or low shear granulator using water or water with a surfactant or water with a binder or water with a surfactant and a binder to granulate the powder blend.
  • a fluid other than water can also be used with or without surfactant and/or binder to granulate the powder blend.
  • the wet granules can optionally be milled using a suitable mill.
  • water may optionally be removed from the admixture by drying the ingredients in any suitable manner.
  • the dried granules can optionally be milled to the required size.
  • extra granular excipients can be added by blending (for example a filler, a diluent, and a disintegrant).
  • the sized granules can be further lubricated with magnesium stearate and a disintegrant, for example, croscarmellose sodium.
  • the granular composition of the invention can be sifted for sufficient time to obtain the correct size and then compressed on suitable punches into various pharmaceutical formulations in accordance with the invention.
  • the tablets can be coated with a film, colorant or other coating.
  • the admixture can comprise optional additives, such as, one or more colorants, one or more flavors, and/or one or more fragrances as described above and in the Examples below.
  • the relative concentrations (e.g., wt%) of each of these ingredients (and any optional additives) in the admixture are also presented above and in the Examples below.
  • the ingredients constituting the admixture can be provided sequentially or in any combination of additions; and, the ingredients or combination of ingredients can be provided in any order.
  • the lubricant is the last component added to the admixture.
  • the admixture comprises a composition of Compound 1, and any one or more of the excipients; a binder, a glidant, a surfactant, a diluent, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and a filler, wherein each of these ingredients is provided in a powder form (e.g., provided as particles having a mean or average diameter, measured by light scattering, of 250 ⁇ or less (e.g., 150 ⁇ or less, 100 ⁇ or less, 50 ⁇ or less, 45 ⁇ or less, 40 ⁇ or less, or 35 ⁇ or less)).
  • a powder form e.g., provided as particles having a mean or average diameter, measured by light scattering, of 250 ⁇ or less (e.g., 150 ⁇ or less, 100 ⁇ or less, 50 ⁇ or less, 45 ⁇ or less, 40 ⁇ or less, or 35 ⁇ or less)).
  • the admixture comprises a composition of Compound 1, a diluent, a glidant, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and a filler, wherein each of these ingredients is provided in a powder form (e.g., provided as particles having a mean diameter, measured by light scattering, of 250 ⁇ or less (e.g., 150 ⁇ or less, 100 ⁇ or less, 50 ⁇ or less, 45 ⁇ or less, 40 ⁇ or less, or 35 ⁇ or less)).
  • a powder form e.g., provided as particles having a mean diameter, measured by light scattering, of 250 ⁇ or less (e.g., 150 ⁇ or less, 100 ⁇ or less, 50 ⁇ or less, 45 ⁇ or less, 40 ⁇ or less, or 35 ⁇ or less)
  • the admixture comprises a composition of Compound 1 , a diluent, a binder, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and a filler, wherein each of these ingredients is provided in a powder form (e.g., provided as particles having a mean diameter, measured by light scattering, of 250 ⁇ or less (e.g., 150 ⁇ or less, 100 ⁇ or less, 50 ⁇ or less, 45 ⁇ or less, 40 ⁇ or less, or 35 ⁇ or less))
  • a powder form e.g., provided as particles having a mean diameter, measured by light scattering, of 250 ⁇ or less (e.g., 150 ⁇ or less, 100 ⁇ or less, 50 ⁇ or less, 45 ⁇ or less, 40 ⁇ or less, or 35 ⁇ or less)
  • the admixture comprises a composition of Compound 1, and any combination of: a binder, a glidant, a diluent, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and a filler, wherein each of these ingredients is substantially free of water.
  • Each of the ingredients comprises less than 5 wt% (e.g., less than 2 wt%, less than 1 wt%, less than 0.75 wt%, less than 0.5 wt%, or less than 0.25 wt%) of water by weight of the ingredient.
  • the admixture comprises a composition of Compound 1 , a diluent, a glidant, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and a filler, wherein each of these ingredients is substantially free of water.
  • each of the ingredients comprises less than 5 wt% (e.g., less than 2 wt%, less than 1 wt%, less than 0.75 wt%, less than 0.5 wt%, or less than 0.25 wt%) of water by weight of the ingredient.
  • compressing the admixture into a tablet is accomplished by filling a form (e.g., a mold) with the admixture and applying pressure to admixture. This can be accomplished using a die press or other similar apparatus.
  • a form e.g., a mold
  • the admixture of Compound 1 and excipients can be first processed into granular form. The granules can then be sized and compressed into tablets or formulated for encapsulation according to known methods in the pharmaceutical art. It is also noted that the application of pressure to the admixture in the form can be repeated using the same pressure during each compression or using different pressures during the compressions.
  • the admixture of powdered ingredients or granules can be compressed using a die press that applies sufficient pressure to form a tablet having a dissolution of about 50% or more at about 30 minutes (e.g., about 55% or more at about 30 minutes or about 60% or more at about 30 minutes).
  • the admixture is compressed using a die press to produce a tablet hardness of at least about 5 kP (at least about 5.5 kP, at least about 6 kP, at least about 7 kP, at least about 10 kP, or at least 15 kP).
  • the admixture is compressed to produce a tablet hardness of between about 5 and 20 kP.
  • tablets comprising a pharmaceutical composition as described herein can be coated with about 3.0 wt% of a film coating comprising a colorant by weight of the tablet.
  • the colorant suspension or solution used to coat the tablets comprises about 20%)w/w of solids by weight of the colorant suspension or solution.
  • the coated tablets can be labeled with a logo, other image or text.
  • the method for producing a pharmaceutical composition comprises providing an admixture of a solid forms, e.g. an admixture of powdered and/or liquid ingredients, the admixture comprising Compound 1 and one or more excipients selected from: a binder, a glidant, a diluent, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and a filler; mixing the admixture until the admixture is substantially homogenous, and compressing or compacting the admixture into a granular form. Then the granular composition comprising Compound 1 can be compressed into tablets or formulated into capsules as described above or in the Examples below.
  • a solid forms e.g. an admixture of powdered and/or liquid ingredients
  • the admixture comprising Compound 1 and one or more excipients selected from: a binder, a glidant, a diluent, a surfactant, a lub
  • methods for producing a pharmaceutical composition comprises providing an admixture of Compound 1, and one or more excipients, e.g. a binder, a glidant, a diluent, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and a filler; mixing the admixture until the admixture is substantially homogenous, and compressing/compacting the admixture into a granular form using a roller compactor using a dry granulation composition as set forth in the Examples below or alternatively, compressed/compacted into granules using a high shear wet granule compaction process as set forth in the Examples below.
  • Pharmaceutical formulations for example a tablet as described herein, can be made using the granules prepared incorporating Compound 1 in addition to the selected excipients described herein.
  • the admixture is mixed by stirring, blending, shaking, or the like using hand mixing, a mixer, a blender, any combination thereof, or the like.
  • mixing can occur between successive additions, continuously throughout the ingredient addition, after the addition of all of the ingredients or combinations of ingredients, or any combination thereof.
  • the admixture is mixed until it has a substantially homogenous composition.
  • the present invention comprises jet milling Compound 1 , Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A in a suitable, conventional milling apparatus using air pressure suitable to produce particles having a significant particle size fraction between 0.1 microns and 50 microns.
  • the particle size is between 0.1 microns and 20 microns.
  • the particles size is between 0.1 microns and 10 microns.
  • the particle size is between 1.0 microns and 5 microns.
  • Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A has a particle size D50 of 2.0 microns.
  • a second therapeutic agent can be formulated together with Compound 1 to form a unitary or single dose form, for example, a tablet or capsule.
  • Dosage forms prepared as above can be subjected to in vitro dissolution evaluations according to Test 711 "Dissolution" in United States Pharmacopoeia 29, United States
  • the invention includes use of packaging materials such as containers and closures of high-density polyethylene (HDPE), low-density polyethylene (LDPE) and or polypropylene and/or glass, glassine foil, aluminum pouches, and blisters or strips composed of aluminum or high-density polyvinyl chloride (PVC), optionally including a desiccant, polyethylene (PE), polyvinylidene dichloride (PVDC), PVC/PE/PVDC, and the like.
  • packaging materials such as containers and closures of high-density polyethylene (HDPE), low-density polyethylene (LDPE) and or polypropylene and/or glass, glassine foil, aluminum pouches, and blisters or strips composed of aluminum or high-density polyvinyl chloride (PVC), optionally including a desiccant, polyethylene (PE), polyvinylidene dichloride (PVDC), PVC/PE/PVDC, and the like.
  • PVDC polyvinylidene dichloride
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered to a patient once daily or about every twenty four hours. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered to a patient twice daily or about every twelve hours. These pharmaceutical compositions are administered as oral formulations containing about 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 125 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, or 400 mg of Compound 1.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions comprise a filler; a diluent; a disintegrant; a surfactant; at least one of a binder and a glidant; and a lubricant.
  • a dose of 400 mg of Compound 1 may comprise two tablets of the invention each containing 200 mg of Compound 1, or four tablets of the invention each containing 100 mg of Compound 1.
  • the compound and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions and formulations of the invention can be employed in combination therapies; that is, Compound 1 and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof can be administered concurrently with, prior to, or subsequent to, one or more other desired therapeutics or medical procedures.
  • the particular combination of therapies (therapeutics or procedures) to employ in a combination regimen will take into account compatibility of the desired therapeutics and/or procedures and the desired therapeutic effect to be achieved.
  • the therapies employed may achieve a desired effect for the same disorder (for example, an inventive compound may be administered concurrently with another agent used to treat the same disorder), or they may achieve different effects (e.g., control of any adverse effects).
  • additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat or prevent a particular disease for example, a CFTR mediated disease, or condition, are known as "appropriate for the disease or condition being treated.”
  • the additional therapeutic agent is selected from a mucolytic agent, bronchodialator, an antibiotic, an anti-infective agent, an anti-inflammatory agent, a CFTR modulator other than Compound 1 of the invention, or a nutritional agent.
  • the additional agent is (i?)-l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5- yl)-N-(l-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-fluoro-2-(l-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl)-lH-indol-5- yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide.
  • the additional agent is N-(5-hydroxy-2,4- ditert-butyl-phenyl)-4-oxo-lH-quinoline-3-carboxamide.
  • the additional agent is selected from Table 1 :
  • the additional agent is any combination of the above agents.
  • the composition may comprise Compound 1 , (R)-l-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d][l ,3]dioxol-5-yl)-N-(l-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-fluoro-2-(l-hydroxy-2- methylpropan-2-yl)-lH-indol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide, and N-(5-hydroxy-2,4-ditert- butyl-phenyl)-4-oxo-lH-quinoline-3-carboxamide.
  • the composition may comprise Compound 1 , N-(5-hydroxy-2,4-ditert-butyl-phenyl)-4-oxo-lH-quinoline-3- carboxamide, and any one of the compounds from Table 1 , i.e. compounds 1 through 14 of Table 1 , or any combination thereof.
  • the additional therapeutic agent is an antibiotic.
  • antibiotics useful herein include tobramycin, including tobramycin inhaled powder (TIP), azithromycin, aztreonam, including the aerosolized form of aztreonam, amikacin, including liposomal formulations thereof, ciprofloxacin, including formulations thereof suitable for administration by inhalation, levoflaxacin, including aerosolized formulations thereof, and combinations of two antibiotics, e.g., fosfomycin and tobramycin.
  • the additional agent is a mucolyte.
  • Exemplary mucolytes useful herein includes Pulmozyme®.
  • the additional agent is a bronchodialator.
  • exemplary bronchodialtors include albuterol, metaprotenerol sulfate, pirbuterol acetate, salmeterol, or tetrabuline sulfate.
  • the additional agent is effective in restoring lung airway surface liquid.
  • Such agents improve the movement of salt in and out of cells, allowing mucus in the lung airway to be more hydrated and, therefore, cleared more easily.
  • Exemplary such agents include hypertonic saline, denufosol tetrasodium ([[(3S,5R)-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-l-yl)-3- hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] [[[(2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(2,4-dioxopyrimidin-l- yl)-3, 4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] hydrogen phosphate), or bronchitol (inhaled formulation of mannitol).
  • the additional agent is an anti-inflammatory agent, i.e., an agent that can reduce the inflammation in the lungs.
  • agents useful herein include ibuprofen, docosahexanoic acid (DHA), sildenafil, inhaled glutathione, pioglitazone, hydroxychloroquine, or simavastatin.
  • the additional agent is a CFTR modulator other than
  • Compound 1 i.e., an agent that has the effect of modulating CFTR activity.
  • agents include ataluren (“PTC 124®”; 3-[5-(2-fluorophenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl]benzoic acid), sinapultide, lancovutide, depelestat (a human recombinant neutrophil elastase inhibitor), and cobiprostone (7- ⁇ (2R, 4aR, 5R, 7aR)-2-[(3S)-l,l-difluoro-3-methylpentyl]-2-hydroxy-6- oxooctahydrocyclopenta[b]pyran-5-yl ⁇ heptanoic acid).
  • PTC 124® 3-[5-(2-fluorophenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl]benzoic acid
  • sinapultide lancovutide
  • depelestat a human
  • the additional agent is a nutritional agent.
  • exemplary nutritional agents include pancrelipase (pancreating enzyme replacement), including
  • the additional nutritional agent is pancrelipase.
  • the additional agent is a compound selected from gentamicin, curcumin, cyclophosphamide, 4-phenylbutyrate, miglustat, felodipine, nimodipine, Philoxin B, geniestein, Apigenin, cAMP/cGMP modulators such as rolipram, sildenafil, milrinone, tadalafil, amrinone, isoproterenol, albuterol, and almeterol, deoxyspergualin, HSP 90 inhibitors, HSP 70 inhibitors, proteosome inhibitors such as epoxomicin, lactacystin, etc.
  • the additional agent is a compound disclosed in WO 2011/00194.
  • the additional agent is a benzo[c]quinolizinium derivative that exhibits CFTR modulation activity or a benzopyran derivative that exhibits CFTR modulation activity.
  • the additional agent is a compound disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,202,262, U.S. Pat. No. 6,992,096, US20060148864, US20060148863, US20060035943, US20050164973, WO2006110483, WO2006044456, WO2006044682, WO2006044505, WO2006044503, WO2006044502, or WO2004091502.
  • the additional agent is a compound disclosed in WO2004080972, WO2004111014, WO2005035514, WO2005049018, WO2006099256, WO2006127588, or WO2007044560.
  • the additional agent is N-(5-hydroxy-2,4-ditert-butyl-phenyl)-4-oxo-lH-quinoline-3-carboxamide.
  • 400 mg of Compound 1 may be administered to a subject in need thereof followed by co-administration of 150 mg of N-(5-hydroxy-2,4-ditert-butyl-phenyl)-4- oxo-lH-quinoline-3-carboxamide (Compound 2).
  • 400 mg of Compound 1 may be administered to a subject in need thereof followed by co-administration of 250 mg of Compound 2.
  • the dosage amounts may be achieved by administration of one or more tablets of the invention.
  • administration of 400 mg of Compound 1 may be achieved by administering two tablets each containing 200 mg of Compound 1 , or four tablets each containing 100 mg of Compound 1.
  • Compound 2 may be administered as a pharmaceutical composition comprising Compound 2 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the duration of administration may continue until amelioration of the disease is achieved or until a subject's physician advises, e.g. duration of administration may be less than a week, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, or a month or longer.
  • the co-administration period may be preceded by an administration period of just Compound 1 alone. For example, there could be administration of 400 mg of Compound 1 for 2 weeks followed by co-administration of 150 mg or 250 mg of Compound 2 for 1 additional week. [00196] In one embodiment, 400 mg of Compound 1 may be administered once a day to a subject in need thereof followed by co-administration of 150 mg of Compound 2 once a day.
  • 400 mg of Compound 1 may be administered once a day to a subject in need thereof followed by co-administration of 250 mg of Compound 2 once a day.
  • the dosage amounts may be achieved by administration of one or more tablets of the invention.
  • administration of 400 mg of Compound 1 may be achieved by administering two tablets each containing 200 mg of Compound 1 , or four tablets each containing 100 mg of Compound 1.
  • Compound 2 may be administered as a pharmaceutical composition comprising Compound 2 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the duration of administration may continue until amelioration of the disease is achieved or until a subject's physician advises, e.g. duration of administration may be less than a week, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, or a month or longer.
  • the co-administration period may be preceded by an
  • administration period of just Compound 1 alone For example, there could be administration of 400 mg of Compound 1 for 2 weeks followed by co-administration of 150 mg or 250 mg of Compound 2 for 1 additional week.
  • 400 mg of Compound 1 may be administered once a day to a subject in need thereof followed by co-administration of 150 mg of Compound 2 every 12 hours. In another embodiment, 400 mg of Compound 1 may be administered once a day to a subject in need thereof followed by co-administration of 250 mg of Compound 2 every 12 hours. In these embodiments, the dosage amounts may be achieved by administration of one or more tablets of the invention. For example, administration of 400 mg of Compound 1 may be achieved by administering two tablets each containing 200 mg of Compound 1 , or four tablets each containing 100 mg of Compound 1.
  • Compound 2 may be administered as a pharmaceutical composition comprising Compound 2 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • duration of administration may continue until amelioration of the disease is achieved or until a subject's physician advises, e.g. duration of administration may be less than a week, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, or a month or longer.
  • duration of administration may be less than a week, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, or a month or longer.
  • the co-administration period may be preceded by an
  • the amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositions of this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent.
  • the amount of additional therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising Compound 1 and optionally an additional agent are useful for treating or lessening the severity of cystic fibrosis in patients who exhibit residual CFTR activity in the apical membrane of respiratory and non-respiratory epithelia.
  • the presence of residual CFTR activity at the epithelial surface can be readily detected using methods known in the art, e.g., standard electrophysiological, biochemical, or histochemical techniques. Such methods identify CFTR activity using in vivo or ex vivo electrophysiological techniques, measurement of sweat or salivary CI " concentrations, or ex vivo biochemical or histochemical techniques to monitor cell surface density.
  • residual CFTR activity can be readily detected in patients heterozygous or homozygous for a variety of different mutations, including patients homozygous or heterozygous for the most common mutation, AF508, as well as other mutations such as the G55 ID mutation, or the Rl 17H mutation.
  • Compound 1, as described herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof are useful for treating or lessening the severity of cystic fibrosis in patients within certain genotypes exhibiting residual CFTR activity, e.g., class III mutations (impaired regulation or gating), class IV mutations (altered conductance), or class V mutations (reduced synthesis) (Lee R. Choo-Kang, Pamela L., Zeitlin, Type I, II, III, IV, and V cystic fibrosis Tansmembrane Conductance Regulator Defects and Opportunities of Therapy; Current Opinion in Pulmonary Medicine 6:521 - 529, 2000).
  • Other patient genotypes that exhibit residual CFTR activity include patients homozygous for one of these classes or heterozygous with any other class of mutations, including class I mutations, class II mutations, or a mutation that lacks classification.
  • Compound 1 as described herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof, are useful for treating or lessening the severity of cystic fibrosis in patients within certain clinical phenotypes, e.g., a moderate to mild clinical phenotype that typically correlates with the amount of residual CFTR activity in the apical membrane of epithelia.
  • phenotypes include patients exhibiting pancreatic insufficiency or patients diagnosed with idiopathic pancreatitis and congenital bilateral absence of the vas deferens, or mild lung disease.
  • the exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the infection, the particular agent, its mode of administration, and the like.
  • the compounds of the invention are preferably formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
  • dosage unit form refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds and compositions of the invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment.
  • the specific effective dose level for any particular patient or organism will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • patient means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
  • X-Ray diffraction (XRD) data of Compound 1 , Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A were collected on a Bruker D8 DISCOVER powder diffractometer with HI-STAR 2-dimensional detector and a flat graphite monochromator. Cu sealed tube with Ka radiation was used at 40 kV, 35mA. The samples were placed on zero- background silicon wafers at 25°C. For each sample, two data frames were collected at 120 seconds each at 2 different ⁇ 2 angles: 8° and 26°. The data were integrated with GADDS software and merged with DIFFRACT plus EVA software. Uncertainties for the reported peak positions are ⁇ 0.2 degrees.
  • Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A is added to the jet mill hopper at a controlled feeding rate using compressed nitrogen gas.
  • the gas pressure range is 40-45/45-70 (Venturi/Mill) PSI and the feeding rate range is 0.5-1.6 Kg/Hour.
  • the Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A is micronized in the mill through particle-particle and particle-wall collisions and the processed Compound 1 , Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A is emptied into the micronized product containers. It is believed that one of ordinary skill in the art may also achieve Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A with a favorable particle size through pin milling based in part on the conditions described above.
  • Diffraction data were acquired on Bruker Apex II diffractometer equipped with sealed tube Cu K-alpha source and an Apex II CCD detector.
  • the structure was solved and refined using SHELX program (Sheldrick, G.M., Acta Cryst, (2008) A64, 112-122). Based on systematic absences and intensities statistics the structure was solved and refined in P2i/n space group.
  • Vitride® sodium bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum hydride
  • a reactor was purged with nitrogen and charged with 900 mL of toluene. The solvent was degassed via nitrogen sparge for no less than 16 h. To the reactor was then charged Na 3 P04 (155.7 g, 949.5 mmol), followed by bis(dibenzylideneacetone) palladium (0) (7.28 g, 12.66 mmol). A 10% w/w solution of tert-butylphosphine in hexanes (51.23 g, 25.32 mmol) was charged over 10 min at 23 °C from a nitrogen purged addition funnel.
  • Pd(dppf)Cl 2 -CH 2 Cl 2 (0.015 eq) were then added and the mixture was heated to 80 °C. After 2 hours, the heat was turned off, water was added (3.5 vol), and the layers were allowed to separate. The organic phase was then washed with water (3.5 vol) and extracted with 10% aqueous methanesulfonic acid (2 eq MsOH, 7.7 vol). The aqueous phase was made basic with 50%) aqueous NaOH (2 eq) and extracted with EtOAc (8 vol). The organic layer was concentrated to afford crude fert-butyl-3-(3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate (82%) that was used directly in the next step.
  • tert-Butyl-3-(3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate (1.0 eq) was dissolved in EtOAc (6 vol). Water (0. 3 vol) was added, followed by urea-hydrogen peroxide (3 eq). Phthalic anhydride (3 eq) was then added portionwise to the mixture as a solid at a rate to maintain the temperature in the reactor below 45 °C. After completion of the phthalic anhydride addition, the mixture was heated to 45 °C. After stirring for an additional 4 hours, the heat was turned off. 10% w/w aqueous Na 2 S03 (1.5 eq) was added via addition funnel.
  • cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-t-butylbenzoate was no more than 0.8% (AUC).
  • the solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (2 x 3 vol), and partially dried on the filter under vacuum. The solid was dried to a constant weight ( ⁇ 1% difference) in a vacuum oven at 60 °C with a slight N 2 bleed to afford Compound 1 Form I as an off-white solid.
  • Colorless crystals of Compound 1 Form I were obtained by cooling a concentrated 1- butanol solution from 75°C to 10 °C at a rate of 0.2 °C/min. A crystal with dimensions of 0.50 x 0.08 x 0.03 mm was selected, cleaned with mineral oil, mounted on a MicroMount and centered on a Bruker APEXU system. Three batches of 40 frames separated in reciprocal space were obtained to provide an orientation matrix and initial cell parameters. Final cell parameters were obtained and refined based on the full data set.
  • a diffraction data set of reciprocal space was obtained to a resolution of 0.82 A using 0.5° steps using 30 s exposure for each frame. Data were collected at 100 (2) K. Integration of intensities and refinement of cell parameters were accomplished using APEXII software.
  • Compound 1 Form I A conformational picture of Compound 1 Form I based on single crystal X-ray analysis is shown in Figure 23.
  • Density of Compound 1 Form I calculated from structural data is 1.492 g/cm 3 at 100 K.
  • Compound 1 Form I (approximately 30 mg) was slurried in 500 ⁇ ⁇ of an appropriate solvent (for example, methanol, ethanol, acetone, 2-propanol, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, methyl acetate, 2-butanone, ethyl formate, and -methyl tetrahydrofuran for two days. The slurry was then filitered centrifugally or under vacuum and was left to dry at ambient temperature overnight to yield Compound 1 Form II. [00255] The DSC trace of Compound 1 Form II Acetone Solvate is shown in Figure 15, showing two phase transitions. The melting point for Compound 1 Form II Acetone Solvate occurs at about 188 °C and 205 °C.
  • an appropriate solvent for example, methanol, ethanol, acetone, 2-propanol, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, methyl acetate, 2-butanone, ethyl formate,
  • Compound 1 Form II calculated from structural data is 1.430/cm 3 at 100 K.
  • Colorless crystals of Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A were obtained by slow evaporation from a concentrated solution of the HC1 salt of Compound 1 in ethanol.
  • a crystal with dimensions of 0.30 x ⁇ 5 ⁇ 0.15 mm was selected, cleaned using mineral oil, mounted on a MicroMount and centered on a Bruker APEXil diffractometer.
  • Three batches of 40 frames separated in reciprocal space were obtained to provide an orientation matrix and initial cell parameters. Final cell parameters were obtained and refined based on the full data set.
  • Figure 18 provides a conformational image of Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A as a dimer, based on single crystal analysis.
  • An X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A calculated from the crystal structure is shown in Figure 27.
  • Table 8 contains the calculated peaks for Figure 27 in descending order of relative intensity.
  • a tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 9 for Exemplary Tablet 1A comprising lOOmg of API, i.e. Compound 1 Form I.
  • Exemplary Tablet 1A (formulated to have 100 mg of Compound 1) is prepared using a dry roller compaction device formulation process.
  • grades/brands were microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PHI 02; mannitol: Pearlitol SD 100; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; and colloidal silica: Cabosil.
  • a tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 10 for Exemplary Tablet IB comprising lOOmg of API, i.e. Compound 1 Form I.
  • Exemplary Tablet IB (formulated to have 100 mg of Compound 1 Form I) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process.
  • grades/brands were as follows. High Shear Granule Blend - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PHlOl ; mannitol: Pearlitol C50; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; polyvinylpyrrolidone: Kollidon PVP K30; and in the Tablet Composition - croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol.
  • a tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 1 1 for Exemplary Tablet 1C comprising l OOmg of API, i.e. crystalline Compound 1 Form I.
  • Exemplary Tablet 1C (formulated to have 100 mg of crystalline Compound 1 Form I) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process.
  • Table 1 1 grades/brands were as follows. High Shear Granule Blend - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PHlOl ; mannitol: Pearlitol C50; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; polyvinylpyrrolidone: KoUidon PVP K30; and in the Tablet Composition - croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol.
  • a tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 12 for Exemplary Tablet ID comprising 200mg of API, i.e. crystalline Compound 1 Form I.
  • Exemplary Tablet ID (formulated to have 200 mg of crystalline Compound 1 Form I) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process.
  • Table 12 grades/brands were as follows. High Shear Granule Blend - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PH101 ; mannitol:
  • a tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 13 for Exemplary Tablet IE comprising 200 mg of API, i.e. crystalline Compound 1 Form I.
  • Exemplary Tablet IE (formulated to have 200 mg of crystalline Compound 1 Form I) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process.
  • Table 13 grades/brands were as follows.
  • a tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 14 for Exemplary Tablet IF comprising 200 mg of API, i.e. crystalline Compound 1 Form I.
  • Exemplary Tablet IF (formulated to have 200 mg of crystalline Compound 1 Form I) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process.
  • Table 14 grades/brands were as follows.
  • a tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 15 for Exemplary Tablet 1G comprising 100 mg of API, i.e. crystalline Compound 1 Form I.
  • Exemplary Tablet 1G (formulated to have 100 mg of crystalline Compound 1 Form I) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process.
  • Table 15 grades/brands were as follows. High Shear Granule Blend - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PH101; mannitol:
  • a tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 16 for Exemplary Tablet 1H comprising 100 mg of API, i.e. crystalline Compound 1 Form I or Form II.
  • Exemplary Tablet 1H (formulated to have 100 mg of crystalline Compound 1 Form I or Form II) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process.
  • grades/brands were as follows.
  • High Shear Granule Blend - microcrystalline cellulose Avicel PH101 ; mannitol: Pearlitol C50; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; polyvinylpyrrolidone: KoUidon PVP K30; and in the Core Tablet Composition - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PH200; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; and magnesium stearate: 5712.
  • a tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 17 for Exemplary Tablet II comprising 100 mg of API, i.e. crystalline Compound 1 Form I or Form II.
  • Exemplary Tablet II (formulated to have 100 mg of crystalline Compound 1 Form I or Form II) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process.
  • grades/brands were as follows.
  • High Shear Granule Blend - microcrystalline cellulose Avicel PH101 ; mannitol: Pearlitol C50; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; polyvinylpyrrolidone: KoUidon PVP K30; and in the Core Tablet Composition - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PH200; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; and magnesium stearate: 5712. Table 17.
  • roller Compactors Alexanderwerk WP 120, Vector TF-Mini, or Vector TF-Labo.
  • Compound 1 and excipients may be screened prior to or after weigh-out. Appropriate screen sizes are mesh 20, mesh 40, or mesh 60. Compound 1 may be pre-blended with one or more of the excipients to simplify screening. [00277] Blendine
  • Compound 1 and excipients may be added to the blender in different order.
  • the blending may be performed in a Turbula blender or a v-shell blender.
  • the components may be blended for 10 minutes without lubricant followed by additional blending with lubricant for 3 minutes.
  • the blend may be roller compacted in ribbons and milled into granules using an Alexanderwerk WP 120.
  • the rolls used may be the 25 mm rolls using a compaction pressure of 18 to 50 bar, a roller speed of 3 to 12 RPM, and a screw feeder speed of 20 to 80 RPM.
  • the screen sizes of the integrated mill may be 2 mm for the top screen and 0.8 mm for the bottom screen.
  • the roller compacted granules may be blended with extra-granular excipients such as fillers and lubricant using a V-shell blender.
  • the blending time may be 5, 3 or 1 minute(s).
  • the compression blend has been compressed into tablets using a single station Riva MiniPress with 10 mm tooling.
  • the weight of the tablets for a 100 mg dose may be about 200, 250, or 300 mg.
  • Tablets may be film coated using a pan coater, such as, for example an O'Hara Labcoat.
  • Film coated tablets may be printed with a monogram on one or both tablet faces with, for example, a Hartnett Delta printer.
  • Tablet Formation from High Shear Granule Composition may be printed with a monogram on one or both tablet faces with, for example, a Hartnett Delta printer.
  • Granulator Procept MiPro with a 250 ml or 1 L granulation bowl.
  • Compound 1 and excipients may be screened prior to or after weigh-out. Possible screen sizes are mesh 20, mesh 40, or mesh 60. Compound 1 may be pre-blended with one or more of the excipients to simplify screening.
  • Granulation Fluid - SLS and binder are added to purified water and mixed until dissolved.
  • a suitable ratio is 2.5% w/w SLS and 10.0% w/w PVP K30 in water.
  • Granulation The excipients and compound 1 are added to the granulation bowl.
  • the order of addition may be Compound 1 , disintegrant, diluent, and filler.
  • the components may be mixed in the 250 ml bowl for 1 minute at impeller speed 1000 RPM and chopper speed 1000 RPM.
  • Granulation may be performed at an impeller speed of 2000 RPM with a chopper speed of 4000 RPM while adding the granulation fluid with a syringe pump at 1.5 to 4.5 g/min.
  • the fluid addition time may be 4 to 12 minutes.
  • the granules may be wet-massed for about 10 seconds to about 1 minute.
  • One notable advantage of the present high shear granulation process is using a granulation fluid that comprises both a surfactant and the binder for better granulation through increased wettability.
  • the surfactant is SLS.
  • the granules may be dried using a vacuum oven, tray dryer, bi-conical dryer, or fluid bed drier.
  • the granules have been dried using a vacuum oven with a nitrogen purge.
  • the granules may be blended with extra-granular excipients.
  • the granules have been blended with extra-granular disintegrant, diluent, filler, and lubricant.
  • the granules have been blended using the Turbula blender for 3 minutes pre-lubricant and 1 minute with lubricant.
  • a larger scale blender such as a 4-quart V-shell blender may be used.
  • the compression blend has been compressed into tablets using a single station Riva MiniPress with 8 mm, or 10 mm tooling.
  • the weight of the tablets for a 100 mg dose may be about 160, 200, or 250 mg.
  • Tablets may be film coated using a pan coater, such as, for example an O'Hara Labcoat.
  • Film coated tablets may be printed with a monogram on one or both tablet faces with, for example, a Hartnett Delta printer.
  • the invention relates to a method of treating a CFTR mediated disease in a subject comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition provided by the invention.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is administered to the subject once every two weeks.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is administered to the subject once a week.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is administered to the subject once every three days.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is administered to the subject once a day.
  • These voltage sensitive assays are based on the change in fluorescence resonant energy transfer (FRET) between the membrane-soluble, voltage-sensitive dye, DiSBAC 2 (3), and a fluorescent phospholipid, CC2-DMPE, which is attached to the outer leaflet of the plasma membrane and acts as a FRET donor.
  • FRET fluorescence resonant energy transfer
  • V m fluorescent phospholipid
  • the changes in fluorescence emission were monitored using VIPRTM II, which is an integrated liquid handler and fluorescent detector designed to conduct cell-based screens in 96- or 384-well microtiter plates.
  • Bath Solution #1 (in mM) NaCl 160, KC1 4.5, CaCl 2 2, MgCl 2 1, HEPES 10, pH 7.4 with NaOH.
  • Chloride-free bath solution Chloride salts in Bath Solution #1 are substituted with gluconate salts.
  • CC2-DMPE Prepared as a 10 mM stock solution in DMSO and stored at -20°C.
  • DiSBAC 2 (3) Prepared as a 10 mM stock in DMSO and stored at -20°C.
  • NIH3T3 mouse fibroblasts stably expressing AF508-CFTR are used for optical measurements of membrane potential.
  • the cells are maintained at 37 °C in 5% C0 2 and 90 % humidity in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium supplemented with 2 mM glutamine, 10 % fetal bovine serum, 1 X NEAA, ⁇ - ⁇ , 1 X pen/strep, and 25 mM HEPES in 175 cm 2 culture flasks.
  • Electrophysiological Assays for assaying AF508-CFTR modulation properties of compounds were seeded at 30,000/well in 384-well matrigel-coated plates and cultured for 2 hrs at 37 °C before culturing at 27 °C for 24 hrs for the potentiator assay.
  • the cells are cultured at 27 °C or 37 °C with and without compounds for 16 - 24 hours.
  • the FRT epithelia demonstrated resistances of 4 ⁇ / cm 2 or more.
  • the solutions were maintained at 27 °C and bubbled with air.
  • the electrode offset potential and fluid resistance were corrected using a cell-free insert.
  • the current reflects the flow of CI " through AF508-CFTR expressed in the apical membrane.
  • the Isc was digitally acquired using an MP100A-CE interface and AcqKnowledge software (v3.2.6; BIOPAC Systems, Santa Barbara, CA).
  • Typical protocol utilized a basolateral to apical membrane CI " concentration gradient.
  • normal ringer was used on the basolateral membrane, whereas apical NaCl was replaced by equimolar sodium gluconate (titrated to pH 7.4 with NaOH) to give a large CI " concentration gradient across the epithelium. All experiments were performed with intact monolayers.
  • AF508-CFTR forskolin (10 ⁇ ) and the PDE inhibitor, IBMX (100 ⁇ ), were applied followed by the addition of the CFTR potentiator, genistein (50 ⁇ ).
  • Typical protocol utilized a basolateral to apical membrane CI " concentration gradient.
  • normal ringers was used on the basolateral membrane and was permeabilized with nystatin (360 ⁇ g/ml), whereas apical NaCl was replaced by equimolar sodium gluconate (titrated to pH 7.4 with NaOH) to give a large CI " concentration gradient across the epithelium.
  • All experiments were performed 30 min after nystatin permeabilization. Forskolin (10 ⁇ ) and all test compounds were added to both sides of the cell culture inserts. The efficacy of the putative AF508-CFTR potentiators was compared to that of the known potentiator, genistein.
  • Basolateral solution in mM: NaCl (135), CaCl 2 (1.2), MgCl 2 (1.2), K 2 HP0 4 (2.4), KHP0 4 (0.6), N-2-hydroxyethylpiperazine-N'-2-ethanesulfonic acid (HEPES) (10), and dextrose (10).
  • the solution was titrated to pH 7.4 with NaOH.
  • Fisher rat epithelial (FRT) cells expressing AF508-CFTR FRT AF508 -CFTR ⁇ WERG USED for Ussing chamber experiments for the putative AF508-CFTR modulators identified from our optical assays.
  • the cells were cultured on Costar Snapwell cell culture inserts and cultured for five days at 37 °C and 5% C0 2 in Coon's modified Ham's F-12 medium supplemented with 5% fetal calf serum, 100 U/ml penicillin, and 100 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin. Prior to use for
  • the cells were incubated at 27 °C for 16 - 48 hrs to correct for the AF508-CFTR. To determine the activity of corrections compounds, the cells were incubated at 27 °C or 37 °C with and without the compounds for 24 hours. 6. Whole-cell recordings
  • the macroscopic AF508-CFTR current (I AFSOS ) in temperature- and test compound- corrected NIH3T3 cells stably expressing AF508-CFTR were monitored using the perforated- patch, whole-cell recording. Briefly, voltage-clamp recordings of sos were performed at room temperature using an Axopatch 200B patch-clamp amplifier (Axon Instruments Inc., Foster City, CA). All recordings were acquired at a sampling frequency of 10 kHz and low-pass filtered at 1 kHz. Pipettes had a resistance of 5 - 6 ⁇ when filled with the intracellular solution. Under these recording conditions, the calculated reversal potential for CI " (EQ) at room temperature was -28 mV.
  • the cells were incubated with 10 ⁇ of the test compound for 24 hours at 37°C and the current density was compared to the 27°C and 37°C controls (% activity). Prior to recording, the cells were washed 3X with extracellular recording medium to remove any remaining test compound. Preincubation with 10 ⁇ of correction compounds significantly increased the cAMP- and genistein-dependent current compared to the 37°C controls. 8. Identification of Potentiator Compounds
  • AF508-CFTR potentiators to increase the macroscopic AF508-CFTR CI " current (I AFSOS ) in NIH3T3 cells stably expressing AF508-CFTR was also investigated using perforated-patch-recording techniques.
  • the potentiators identified from the optical assays evoked a dose-dependent increase in I AFSOS with similar potency and efficacy observed in the optical assays.
  • the reversal potential before and during potentiator application was around -30 mV, which is the calculated EQ (-28 mV).
  • Intracellular solution in mM: Cs-aspartate (90), CsCl (50), MgCl 2 (1), HEPES (10), and 240 ⁇ g/ml amphotericin-B (pH adjusted to 7.35 with CsOH).
  • Extracellular solution in mM: N-methyl-D-glucamine (NMDG)-Cl (150), MgCl 2 (2), CaCl 2 (2), HEPES (10) (pH adjusted to 7.35 with HC1).
  • NIH3T3 mouse fibroblasts stably expressing AF508-CFTR are used for whole-cell recordings.
  • the cells are maintained at 37 °C in 5% C0 2 and 90 % humidity in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium supplemented with 2 mM glutamine, 10 % fetal bovine serum, 1 X NEAA, ⁇ - ⁇ , 1 X pen/strep, and 25 mM HEPES in 175 cm 2 culture flasks.
  • 2,500 - 5,000 cells were seeded on poly-L-lysine-coated glass coverslips and cultured for 24 - 48 hrs at 27 °C before use to test the activity of potentiators; and incubated with or without the correction compound at 37 °C for measuring the activity of correctors.
  • the AF508-CFTR was activated after excision, by adding 1 mM Mg- ATP, and 75 nM of the cAMP-dependent protein kinase, catalytic subunit (PKA; Promega Corp. Madison, WI). After channel activity stabilized, the patch was perifused using a gravity-driven microperfusion system. The inflow was placed adjacent to the patch, resulting in complete solution exchange within 1 - 2 sec. To maintain AF508-CFTR activity during the rapid perifusion, the nonspecific phosphatase inhibitor F " (10 mM NaF) was added to the bath solution. Under these recording conditions, channel activity remained constant throughout the duration of the patch recording (up to 60 min). Currents produced by positive charge moving from the intra- to extracellular solutions (anions moving in the opposite direction) are shown as positive currents. The pipette potential (V p ) was maintained at 80 mV.
  • V p The pipette potential
  • Extracellular solution in mM: NMDG (150), aspartic acid (150), CaCl 2 (5), MgCl 2 (2), and HEPES (10) (pH adjusted to 7.35 with Tris base).
  • Intracellular solution in mM: NMDG-C1 (150), MgCl 2 (2), EGTA (5), TES (10), and Tris base (14) (pH adjusted to 7.35 with HC1).
  • NIH3T3 mouse fibroblasts stably expressing AF508-CFTR are used for excised- membrane patch-clamp recordings.
  • the cells are maintained at 37 °C in 5% C0 2 and 90 % humidity in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium supplemented with 2 mM glutamine, 10 % fetal bovine serum, 1 X NEAA, ⁇ - ⁇ , 1 X pen/strep, and 25 mM HEPES in 175 cm 2 culture flasks.
  • 2,500 - 5,000 cells were seeded on poly-L-lysine-coated glass coverslips and cultured for 24 - 48 hrs at 27 °C before use.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physiology (AREA)
  • Nutrition Science (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)

Abstract

A pharmaceutical composition comprising Compound 1, (3-(6-(1-(2,2- difluorobenzo [d] [ 1,3 ] dioxol-5 -y1) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3 -methylpyridin-2-y1)benzoic acid), and at least one excipient selected from: a filler, a diluent, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, a glidant and a lubricant, the composition being suitable for oral administration to a patient in need thereof to treat a CFTR mediated disease such as Cystic Fibrosis. Methods for treating a patient in need thereof include administering an oral pharmaceutical formulation of Compound 1 to the patient.

Description

PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS OF 3-(6-(l-(2,2- DIFLUOROBENZO [D] [l,3]DIOXOL-5-YL) CYCLOPROPANECARBOXAMIDO)-3- METHYLPYRIDIN-2-YL)BENZOIC ACID AND ADMINISTRATION THEREOF
TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0001] The invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising 3-(6-(l-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d] [ 1 ,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 1), methods for manufacturing such compositions and methods for administering pharmaceutical compositions comprising same.
BACKGROUND
[0002] CFTR is a cAMP/ ATP -mediated anion channel that is expressed in a variety of cells types, including absorptive and secretory epithelia cells, where it regulates anion flux across the membrane, as well as the activity of other ion channels and proteins. In epithelia cells, normal functioning of CFTR is critical for the maintenance of electrolyte transport throughout the body, including respiratory and digestive tissue. CFTR is composed of approximately 1480 amino acids that encode a protein made up of a tandem repeat of transmembrane domains, each containing six transmembrane helices and a nucleotide binding domain. The two transmembrane domains are linked by a large, polar, regulatory (R)-domain with multiple phosphorylation sites that regulate channel activity and cellular trafficking.
[0003] The gene encoding CFTR has been identified and sequenced (See Gregory, R. J. et al. (1990) Nature 347:382-386; Rich, D. P. et al. (1990) Nature 347:358-362), (Riordan, J. R. et al. (1989) Science 245: 1066-1073). A defect in this gene causes mutations in CFTR resulting in cystic fibrosis ("CF"), the most common fatal genetic disease in humans. Cystic fibrosis affects approximately one in every 2,500 infants in the United States. Within the general United States population, up to 10 million people carry a single copy of the defective gene without apparent ill effects. In contrast, individuals with two copies of the CF associated gene suffer from the debilitating and fatal effects of CF, including chronic lung disease.
[0004] In patients with cystic fibrosis, mutations in CFTR endogenously expressed in respiratory epithelia lead to reduced apical anion secretion causing an imbalance in ion and fluid transport. The resulting decrease in anion transport contributes to enhance mucus accumulation in the lung and the accompanying microbial infections that ultimately cause death in CF patients. In addition to respiratory disease, CF patients typically suffer from gastrointestinal problems and pancreatic insufficiency that, if left untreated, results in death. In addition, the majority of males with cystic fibrosis are infertile and fertility is decreased among females with cystic fibrosis. In contrast to the severe effects of two copies of the CF associated gene, individuals with a single copy of the CF associated gene exhibit increased resistance to cholera and to dehydration resulting from diarrhea—perhaps explaining the relatively high frequency of the CF gene within the population.
[0005] Sequence analysis of the CFTR gene of CF chromosomes has revealed a variety of disease-causing mutations (Cutting, G. R. et al. (1990) Nature 346:366-369; Dean, M. et al. (1990) Cell 61 :863:870; and Kerem, B-S. et al. (1989) Science 245: 1073-1080; Kerem, B-S et al. (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:8447-8451). To date, greater than 1000 disease-causing mutations in the CF gene have been identified as reported by the scientific and medical literature. The most prevalent mutation is a deletion of phenylalanine at position 508 of the CFTR amino acid sequence, and is commonly referred to as AF508-CFTR. This mutation occurs in approximately 70 percent of the cases of cystic fibrosis and is associated with a severe disease. Other mutations include the Rl 17H and G55 ID.
[0006] The deletion of residue 508 in AF508-CFTR prevents the nascent protein from folding correctly. This results in the inability of the mutant protein to exit the ER, and traffic to the plasma membrane. As a result, the number of channels present in the membrane is far less than observed in cells expressing wild-type CFTR. In addition to impaired trafficking, the mutation results in defective channel gating. Together, the reduced number of channels in the membrane and the defective gating lead to reduced anion transport across epithelia leading to defective ion and fluid transport. (Quintan, P. M. (1990), FASEB J. 4: 2709-2727). Studies have shown, however, that the reduced numbers of AF508-CFTR in the membrane are functional, albeit less than wild-type CFTR. (Dalemans et al. (1991), Nature Lond. 354: 526-528; Denning et al., supra; Pasyk and Foskett (1995), J. Cell. Biochem. 270: 12347-50). In addition to AF508-CFTR, other disease causing mutations in CFTR that result in defective trafficking, synthesis, and/or channel gating could be up- or down-regulated to alter anion secretion and modify disease progression and/or severity.
[0007] Although CFTR transports a variety of molecules in addition to anions, it is clear that this role (the transport of anions) represents one element in an important mechanism of transporting ions and water across the epithelium. The other elements include the epithelial Na+ channel, ENaC, Na+/2C17K+ co-transporter, Na+-K+- ATPase pump and the basolateral membrane K+ channels, that are responsible for the uptake of chloride into the cell.
[0008] These elements work together to achieve directional transport across the epithelium via their selective expression and localization within the cell. Chloride absorption takes place by the coordinated activity of ENaC and CFTR present on the apical membrane and the Na+-K+- ATPase pump and CI- channels expressed on the basolateral surface of the cell. Secondary active transport of chloride from the luminal side leads to the accumulation of intracellular chloride, which can then passively leave the cell via CI" channels, resulting in a vectorial transport. Arrangement of Na+/2C17K+ co-transporter, Na+-K+-ATPase pump and the basolateral membrane K+ channels on the basolateral surface and CFTR on the luminal side coordinate the secretion of chloride via CFTR on the luminal side. Because water is probably never actively transported itself, its flow across epithelia depends on tiny transepithelial osmotic gradients generated by the bulk flow of sodium and chloride.
[0009] As discussed above, it is believed that the deletion of residue 508 in AF508-CFTR prevents the nascent protein from folding correctly, resulting in the inability of this mutant protein to exit the ER, and traffic to the plasma membrane. As a result, insufficient amounts of the mature protein are present at the plasma membrane and chloride transport within epithelial tissues is significantly reduced. In fact, this cellular phenomenon of defective endoplasmic reticulum (ER) processing of ATP-binding cassette (ABC) transporters by the ER machinery, has been shown to be the underlying basis not only for CF disease, but for a wide range of other isolated and inherited diseases. The two ways that the ER machinery can malfunction is either by loss of coupling to ER export of the proteins leading to degradation, or by the ER
accumulation of these defective/misfolded proteins [Aridor M, et al., Nature Med., 5(7), pp 745- 751 (1999); Shastry, B.S., et al., Neurochem. International, 43, pp 1-7 (2003); Rutishauser, J., et al, Swiss Med Wkly, 132, pp 211-222 (2002); Morello, JP et al, TIPS, 21, pp. 466- 469 (2000); Brass P., et al, Human Mut., 14, PP- 186-198 (1999)].
[0010] 3-(6-(l-(2,2-Difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3- methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid in salt form is disclosed in International PCT Publication WO 2007056341 as a modulator of CFTR activity and thus as a useful treatment for CFTR-mediated diseases such as cystic fibrosis. Form I of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-Difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid, which is a substantially crystalline and salt-free form known as Compound 1 Form I, is disclosed in United States Patent Application 12/327,902, filed December 4, 2008. Form II and HCl salt Form A of 3-(6-(l-(2,2- difluorobenzo [d] [ 1 ,3 ] dioxol-5 -yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3 -methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid, Compound 1 Form II and Compound 1 HCl salt Form A, respectively, are disclosed in United States Provisional Patent Application 61/321,729, filed April 7, 2010. All applications are incorporated in their entirety by reference herein. A need remains, however, for
pharmaceutical compositions comprising Compound 1 Form I, Form II, or HCl salt Form A that are readily prepared and that are suitable for use as therapeutics.
SUMMARY
[0011] The invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions, pharmaceutical preparations, and solid dosage forms comprising 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl)
cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 1) which has the structure below:
Figure imgf000005_0001
1
[0012] In one aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising:
a, Compound 1;
b a filler; c a disintegrant; d, a surfactant; e. a diluent; f. a lubricant; and g at least one of a glidant and a binder.
[0013] In other embodiments, Compound 1 is in substantially one of its crystalline solid forms. In one embodiment, Compound 1 is in substantially crystalline Form I (Compound 1 Form I). In one embodiment, Compound 1 is in substantially crystalline Form II (Compound 1 Form II). In one embodiment, Compound 1 is in substantially crystalline HCl salt form
(Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A). It is understood that the term "Compound 1 ," as used throughout, includes, amongst other forms, including non-crystalline forms, the following solid state forms: Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
[0014] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 25 mg to 400 mg. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 25 mg of Compound 1. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 50 mg of Compound 1. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 100 mg of Compound 1. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 125 mg of Compound 1. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 150 mg of Compound 1. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 200 mg of Compound 1. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 250 mg of Compound 1. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 400 mg of Compound 1.
[0015] In one aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
Roller Compaction ( iramilc Blend {" ou )
Compound 1 20-40
Microcrystalline cellulose 30-50
Mannitol 10-30
Croscarmellose Sodium 1-5
Figure imgf000007_0001
[0016] In another embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
Figure imgf000007_0002
[0017] In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
Figure imgf000008_0001
[0018] In another embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
H igh Shear Granule Mend
Compound 1 Form I 50
Microcrystalline cellulose 30
Mannitol 13
Croscarmellose Sodium 2
Polyvinylpyrrolidone 4
Sodium Lauryl Sulfate 1
Figure imgf000009_0001
[0019] In another embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
Figure imgf000009_0002
[0020] In another embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
Figure imgf000010_0001
[0021] In another embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
High Shear Gr nule Blend mg
Compound 1 Form I 200
Microcrystalline cellulose 66
Mannitol 43
Figure imgf000011_0001
[0022] In another embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
High Shear Granule Blend rog
Compound 1 Form I 200
Microcrystalline cellulose 67
Mannitol 45
Croscarmellose Sodium 7
Polyvinylpyrrolidone 10.4
Sodium Lauryl Sulfate 2.6
Figure imgf000012_0001
[0023] In another embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
Figure imgf000012_0002
( 100 mg ose, 1 7 mg image)
High Shear Granule Blend 97.5
Croscarmellose Sodium 2.0
Magnesium Stearate 0.5
[0024] In another embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
Figure imgf000013_0001
[0025] In another embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the following components:
H i 11 Hill Mi
Figure imgf000014_0001
[0026] In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition in the form of a tablet that comprises Compound 1 , and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, for example, a filler, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a diluent, a binder, a glidant, and a lubricant and any combination thereof, where the tablet has a dissolution of at least about 50% in about 30 minutes. In another embodiment, the dissolution rate is at least about 75% in about 30 minutes. In another embodiment, the dissolution rate is at least about 90% in about 30 minutes.
[0027] In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition consisting of a tablet that comprises a powder blend or granules comprising Compound 1 ; and, one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, for example, a filler, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a diluent, a binder, a glidant, and a lubricant, wherein the tablet has a hardness of at least about 5 kP (kP = kilo Ponds; 1 kP = ~9.8 N). In another embodiment, the tablet has a target friability of less than 1.0% after 400 revolutions. In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition consisting of a tablet that comprises a powder blend or granules comprising Compound 1 Form II, Compound 1 ; and, one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, for example, a filler, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a diluent, a binder, a glidant, and a lubricant, wherein the tablet has a hardness of at least about 5 kP (kP = kilo Ponds; 1 kP = ~9.8 N). In another embodiment, the tablet has a target friability of less than 1.0% after 400 revolutions.
[0028] In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition as described herein further comprising an additional therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is N-(5-hydroxy-2,4-ditert-butyl-phenyl)-4-oxo-lH-quinoline-3-carboxamide.
[0029] In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a CFTR mediated disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition as described herein. In some embodiments, the CFTR mediated disease is cystic fibrosis, emphysema, COPD, or osteoporosis. In other embodiments, the CFTR mediated disease is cystic fibrosis. This method may further comprise administering an additional therapeutic agent, wherein in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is N-(5-hydroxy-2,4-ditert-butyl-phenyl)-4-oxo-lH-quinoline-3-carboxamide.
[0030] In another aspect, the invention provides a process for making the pharmaceutical compositions described herein by a roller compaction process comprising the steps of screening and weighing Compound 1 and excipients; blending Compound 1 and excipients for a suitable amount of time; roller compacting the blend into ribbons and milling the ribbons into granules; blending the granules with extra-granular excipients for a suitable amount of time; compressing the blend into tablets; coating the tablets; and, optionally, printing a monogram on one or both tablet faces.
[0031] In another aspect, the invention provides a process for making the pharmaceutical compositions described herein by a high shear granulation process comprising the steps of screening and weighing Compound 1 and excipients; mixing Compound 1 and excipients while adding a granulation fluid comprising surfactant and a binder at a suitable mixing speed for a suitable amount of time and chopping the mixture into granules; drying the granules; blending the granules with extra-granular excipients for a suitable amount of time; compressing the blend into tablets; coating the tablets; and, optionally, printing a monogram on one or both tablet faces. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
[0032] Figure 1 is an X-ray diffraction pattern calculated from a single crystal structure of Compound 1 Form I.
[0033] Figure 2 is an actual X-ray powder diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form I.
[0034] Figure 3 is an X-ray powder diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II.
[0035] Figure 4 provides X-ray diffraction patterns of Compound 1 Form II's selected from:
1) Compound 1 Form II, Methanol Solvate;
2) Compound 1 Form II, Ethanol Solvate;
3) Compound 1 Form II, Acetone Solvate;
4) Compound 1 Form II, 2-Propanol Solvate;
5) Compound 1 Form II, Acetonitrile Solvate;
6) Compound 1 Form II, Tetrahydrofuran Solvate;
7) Compound 1 Form II, Methyl Acetate Solvate;
8) Compound 1 Form II, 2-Butanone Solvate;
9) Compound 1 Form II, Ethyl Formate Solvate; and
10) Compound 1 Form II, 2-Methyltetrahydrofuran Solvate.
[0036] Figure 5 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, Methanol Solvate.
[0037] Figure 6 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, Ethanol Solvate.
[0038] Figure 7 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, Acetone Solvate.
[0039] Figure 8 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, 2-Propanol Solvate.
[0040] Figure 9 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, Acetonitrile Solvate.
[0041] Figure 10 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II,
Tetrahydrofuran Solvate. [0042] Figure 11 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, Methyl Acetate Solvate.
[0043] Figure 12 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, 2-Butanone Solvate.
[0044] Figure 13 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, Ethyl Formate Solvate.
[0045] Figure 14 provides an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II, 2- Methyltetrahydrofuran Solvate.
[0046] Figure 15 is a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) trace of Compound 1 Form II, Acetone Solvate.
[0047] Figure 16 is a Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) plot of Compound 1 Form II, Acetone Solvate.
[0048] Figure 17 is a conformational image of Compound 1 Form II, Acetone Solvate based on single crystal X-ray analysis.
[0049] Figure 18 is a conformational image of the dimer of Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
[0050] Figure 19 is an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A calculated from the crystal structure.
[0051] Figure 20 is an 1HNMR spectrum of Compound 1.
[0052] Figure 21 is an 1HNMR spectrum of Compound 1 HCl salt.
[0053] Figure 22 is a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) trace of Compound 1 Form I.
[0054] Figure 23 is a conformational picture of Compound 1 Form I based on single crystal X-ray analysis.
[0055] Figure 24 is a conformational image of Compound 1 Form II, Acetone Solvate, based on single crystal X-ray analysis.
[0056] Figure 25 is a solid state 13C NMR spectrum (15.0 kHz spinning) of Compound 1 Form II, Acetone Solvate. [0057] Figure 26 is a solid state F NMR spectrum (12.5 kHz spinning) of Compound 1 Form II, Acetone Solvate.
[0058] Figure 27 is an X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A calculated from the crystal structure.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
DEFINITIONS
[0059] As used herein, the term "active pharmaceutical ingredient" or "API" refers to a biologically active compound. Exemplary APIs include 3-(6-(l-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d] [ 1 ,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 1).
[0060] The terms "solid form", "solid forms" and related terms, when used herein to refer to 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid (Compound 1), refer to a solid form e.g. crystals and the like, comprising
Compound 1 which is not predominantly in a liquid or a gaseous state.
[0061] As used herein, the term "substantially amorphous" refers to a solid material having little or no long range order in the position of its molecules. For example, substantially amorphous materials have less than about 15% crystallimty (e.g., less than about 10%
crystallimty or less than about 5% crystallimty). It is also noted that the term 'substantially amorphous' includes the descriptor, 'amorphous', which refers to materials having no (0%>) crystallimty.
[0062] As used herein, the term "substantially crystalline" (as in the phrase substantially crystalline Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A) refers to a solid material having predominantly long range order in the position of its molecules. For example, substantially crystalline materials have more than about 85% crystallimty (e.g., more than about 90% crystallimty or more than about 95% crystallimty). It is also noted that the term 'substantially crystalline' includes the descriptor, 'crystalline', which refers to materials having 100% crystallimty.
[0063] The term "crystalline" and related terms used herein, when used to describe a substance, component, product, or form, means that the substance, component or product is substantially crystalline as determined by X-ray diffraction. (See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md. (2003); The United States Pharmacopeia, 23rd ed., 1843-1844 (1995)).
[0064] As used herein, the term "composition" generally refers to a composition of two or more components, usually one or more drugs (e.g., one drug (e.g., Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A)) and one or more pharmaceutical excipients.
[0065] As used herein, the term "solid dosage form" generally refers to a pharmaceutical composition, which when used in an oral mode of administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier.
[0066] As used herein, an "excipient" includes functional and non-functional ingredients in a pharmaceutical composition.
[0067] As used herein, a "disintegrant" is an excipient that hydrates a pharmaceutical composition and aids in tablet dispersion. As used herein, a "diluent" or "filler" is an excipient that adds bulkiness to a pharmaceutical composition.
[0068] As used herein, a "surfactant" is an excipient that imparts pharmaceutical
compositions with enhanced solubility and/or wetability.
[0069] As used herein, a "binder" is an excipient that imparts a pharmaceutical composition with enhanced cohesion or tensile strength (e.g., hardness).
[0070] As used herein, a "glidant" is an excipient that imparts a pharmaceutical compositions with enhanced flow properties.
[0071] As used herein, a "colorant" is an excipient that imparts a pharmaceutical composition with a desired color. Examples of colorants include commercially available pigments such as FD&C Blue # 1 Aluminum Lake, FD&C Blue #2, other FD&C Blue colors, titanium dioxide, iron oxide, and/or combinations thereof. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition provided by the invention is purple. [0072] As used herein, a "lubricant" is an excipient that is added to pharmaceutical compositions that are pressed into tablets. The lubricant aids in compaction of granules into tablets and ejection of a tablet of a pharmaceutical composition from a die press.
[0073] As used herein, "cubic centimeter" and "cc" are used interchangeably to represent a unit of volume. Note that 1 cc = 1 mL.
[0074] As used herein, "kiloPond" and "kP" are used interchangeably and refer to the measure of force where a kP = approximately 9.8 Newtons.
[0075] As used herein, "friability" refers to the property of a tablet to remain intact and withhold its form despite an external force of pressure. Friability can be quantified using the mathematical expression presented in equation 1 :
Figure imgf000020_0001
wherein Wo is the original weight of the tablet and Wf is the final weight of the tablet after it is put through the friabilator. Friability is measured using a standard USP testing apparatus that tumbles experimental tablets for 100 or 400 revolutions. Some tablets of the invention have a friability of less than 5.0%. In another embodiment, the friability is less than 2.0%. In another embodiment, the target friability is less than 1.0% after 400 revolutions.
[0076] As used herein, "mean particle diameter" is the average particle diameter as measured using techniques such as laser light scattering, image analysis, or sieve analysis. In one embodiment, the granules used to prepare the pharmaceutical compositions provided by the invention have a mean particle diameter of less than 1.0 mm.
[0077] As used herein, "bulk density" is the mass of particles of material divided by the total volume the particles occupy. The total volume includes particle volume, inter-particle void volume and internal pore volume. Bulk density is not an intrinsic property of a material; it can change depending on how the material is processed. In one embodiment, the granules used to prepare the pharmaceutical compositions provided by the invention have a bulk density of about 0.5-0.7 g/cc.
[0078] An effective amount or "therapeutically effective amount" of a drug compound of the invention may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, and weight of the subject, and the ability of the compound of the invention to elicit a desired response in the subject.
Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. An effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects (e.g., side effects) of the compound of the invention are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects.
[0079] As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the terms "therapeutically effective amount" and "effective amount" of a compound mean an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic benefit in the treatment or management of a disease or disorder, or to delay or minimize one or more symptoms associated with the disease or disorder. A "therapeutically effective amount" and "effective amount" of a compound mean an amount of therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with one or more other agent(s), which provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment or management of the disease or disorder. The terms "therapeutically effective amount" and "effective amount" can encompass an amount that improves overall therapy, reduces or avoids symptoms or causes of disease or disorder, or enhances the therapeutic efficacy of another therapeutic agent.
[0080] "Substantially pure" as used in the phrase "substantially pure Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A," means greater than about 90% purity. In another embodiment, substantially pure refers to greater than about 95% purity. In another embodiment, substantially pure refers to greater than about 98% purity. In another embodiment, substantially pure refers to greater than about 99% purity.
[0081] With respect to Compound 1 (e.g., Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A), the terms "about" and "approximately", when used in connection with doses, amounts, or weight percent of ingredients of a composition or a dosage form, mean a dose, amount, or weight percent that is recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art to provide a pharmacological effect equivalent to that obtained from the specified dose, amount, or weight percent. Specifically the term "about" or "approximately" means an acceptable error for a particular value as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which depends in part on how the value is measured or determined. In certain embodiments, the term "about" or "approximately" means within 1, 2, 3, or 4 standard deviations. In certain
embodiments, the term "about" or "approximately" means within 30%>, 25%>, 20%>, 15%>, 10%>, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, 0.1%, or 0.05% of a given value or range. [0082] Unless otherwise specified, the term "Compound 1" includes, but is not limited to, the solid forms of Compound 1 as described herein, e.g. Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A, as well as combinations thereof.
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
[0083] The invention provides pharmaceutical compositions, pharmaceutical formulations and solid dosage forms comprising Compound 1 which may be in substantially crystalline form. In some embodiments, Compound 1 is in crystalline Form I (Compound 1 Form I). In some embodiments, Compound 1 is in crystalline Form II (Compound 1 Form II). In some
embodiments, Compound 1 is in crystalline HC1 salt form (Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A). In some embodiments of this aspect, the amount of Compound 1 that is present in the
pharmaceutical composition is 25 mg, 50 mg, 75 mg, 100 mg, 125 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, or 400 mg. In some embodiments of this aspect, weight/weight relative percent of Compound 1 that is present in the pharmaceutical composition is from 10 to 75 percent. In these and other embodiments, 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3- methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid is present as substantially pure Compound 1. "Substantially pure" means greater than ninety percent pure; preferably greater than 95 percent pure; more preferably greater than 99.5 percent pure (i.e., not mixed with other crystalline forms of
Compound 1).
[0084] Thus in one aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising: a. Compound 1;
b. a filler;
c. a disintegrant;
d. a surfactant; e. a diluent;
f. a lubricant; and g- and at least one of a glidant and a binder.
[0085] In one embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 25 mg of Compound 1. In another embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 50 mg of Compound 1. In another embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 100 mg of Compound 1. In another embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 125 mg of Compound 1. In another embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 150 mg of Compound 1. In another embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 200 mg of Compound 1. In another embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 250 mg of Compound 1. In another embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 400 mg of Compound 1.
[0086] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions comprises Compound 1 , wherein Compound 1 is present in an amount of at least 15 wt% (e.g., at least 20 wt%, at least 30 wt%, at least 40 wt%, at least 50 wt%, or at least 60 wt%) by weight of the composition.
[0087] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises Compound 1 , a filler, a diluent, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a glidant, and a lubricant. In this embodiment, the composition comprises from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% (e.g., about 25-35 wt%) of
Compound 1 by weight of the composition, and more typically, from 25 wt% to about 45 wt% (e.g., about 28-32 wt%) of Compound 1 by weight of the composition.
[0088] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises Compound 1 , a filler, a diluent, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, and a lubricant. In this embodiment, the composition comprises from about 30 wt% to about 60 wt% (e.g., about 40-55 wt%) of
Compound 1 by weight of the composition, and more typically from 35 wt% to about 70 wt% (e.g., about 45-55 wt%) of Compound 1 by weight of the composition.
[0089] The concentration of Compound 1 in the composition depends on several factors such as the amount of pharmaceutical composition needed to provide a desired amount of Compound 1 and the desired dissolution profile of the pharmaceutical composition.
[0090] In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises Compound 1 , in which Compound 1 in its solid form has a mean particle diameter, measured by light scattering (e.g., using a Malvern Mastersizer available from Malvern Instruments in England) of 0.1 microns to 10 microns. In another embodiment, the particle size of Compound 1 is 1 micron to 5 microns. In another embodiment, Compound 1 has a particle size D50 of 2.0 microns. [0091] As indicated, in addition to Compound 1, in some embodiments of the invention, the pharmaceutical compositions which are oral formulations also comprise one or more excipients such as fillers, disintegrants, surfactants, diluents, binders, glidants, lubricants, colorants, or fragrances and any combination thereof.
[0092] Fillers suitable for the invention are compatible with the ingredients of the
pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the solubility, the hardness, the chemical stability, the physical stability, or the biological activity of the pharmaceutical composition. Exemplary fillers include: celluloses, modified celluloses, (e.g. sodium
carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose), cellulose acetate, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium phosphates, dibasic calcium phosphate, starches (e.g. corn starch, potato starch), sugars (e.g., sorbitol) lactose, sucrose, or the like), or any combination thereof.
[0093] Thus, in one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least one filler in an amount of at least 5 wt% (e.g., at least about 20 wt%, at least about 30 wt%, or at least about 40 wt%) by weight of the composition. For example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 10 wt% to about 60 wt% (e.g., from about 20 wt% to about 55 wt%, from about 25 wt% to about 50 wt%, or from about 27 wt% to about 45 wt%) of filler, by weight of the composition. In another example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least about 20 wt% (e.g., at least 30 wt% or at least 40 wt%) of microcrystalline cellulose, for example MCC Avicel PHI 02, by weight of the composition. In yet another example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 10 wt% to about 60 wt% (e.g., from about 20 wt% to about 55 wt% or from about 25 wt% to about 45 wt%) of microcellulose, by weight of the
composition.
[0094] Disintegrants suitable for the invention enhance the dispersal of the pharmaceutical composition and are compatible with the ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the chemical stability, the physical stability, the hardness, or the biological activity of the pharmaceutical composition. Exemplary disintegrants include croscarmellose sodium, sodium starch glycolate, or a combination thereof.
[0095] Thus, in one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises disintegrant in an amount of about 10 wt% or less (e.g., about 7 wt% or less, about 6 wt% or less, or about 5 wt% or less) by weight of the composition. For example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 1 wt% to about 10 wt% (e.g., from about 1.5 wt% to about 7.5 wt% or from about 2.5 wt% to about 6 wt%) of disintegrant, by weight of the composition. In another example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises about 10 wt% or less (e.g., 7 wt% or less, 6 wt% or less, or 5 wt% or less) of croscarmellose sodium, by weight of the composition. In yet another example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 1 wt% to about 10 wt% (e.g., from about 1.5 wt% to about 7.5 wt% or from about 2.5 wt% to about 6 wt%) of croscarmellose sodium, by weight of the composition. In some examples, the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 0.1% to about 10 wt% (e.g., from about 0.5 wt% to about 7.5 wt% or from about 1.5 wt% to about 6 wt%) of disintegrant, by weight of the composition. In still other examples, the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 0.5% to about 10 wt%> (e.g., from about 1.5 wt%> to about 7.5 wt%> or from about 2.5 wt%> to about 6 wt%>) of disintegrant, by weight of the composition.
[0096] Surfactants suitable for the invention enhance the wettability of the pharmaceutical composition and are compatible with the ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the chemical stability, the physical stability, the hardness, or the biological activity of the pharmaceutical composition. Exemplary surfactants include sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS), sodium stearyl fumarate (SSF), polyoxyethylene 20 sorbitan mono-oleate (e.g., Tween™), any combination thereof, or the like.
[0097] Thus, in one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a surfactant in an amount of about 10 wt%> or less (e.g., about 5 wt%> or less, about 2 wt%> or less, about 1 wt%> or less, about 0.8 wt%> or less, or about 0.6 wt%> or less) by weight of the composition. For example, the pharmaceutical composition includes from about 10 wt% to about 0.1 wt% (e.g., from about 5 wt% to about 0.2 wt% or from about 2 wt% to about 0.3 wt%) of surfactant, by weight of the composition. In another example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 10 wt%> or less (e.g., about 5 wt%> or less, about 2 wt%> or less, about 1 wt%> or less, about 0.8 wt%> or less, or about 0.6 wt%> or less) of sodium lauryl sulfate, by weight of the composition. In yet another example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 10 wt% to about 0.1 wt%> (e.g., from about 5 wt%> to about 0.2 wt%> or from about 2 wt%> to about 0.3 wt%>) of sodium lauryl sulfate, by weight of the composition. [0098] Binders suitable for the invention enhance the tablet strength of the pharmaceutical composition and are compatible with the ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the chemical stability, the physical stability, or the biological activity of the pharmaceutical composition. Exemplary binders include polyvinylpyrrolidone, dibasic calcium phosphate, sucrose, corn (maize) starch, modified cellulose (e.g., hydroxymethyl cellulose), or any combination thereof.
[0099] Thus, in one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a binder in an amount of at least about 0.1 wt% (e.g., at least about 1 wt%, at least about 3 wt%, at least about 4 wt%, or at least about 5 wt%) by weight of the composition. For example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 0.1 wt% to about 10 wt% (e.g., from about 1 wt% to about 10 wt% or from about 2 wt% to about 7 wt%) of binder, by weight of the composition. In another example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least about 0.1 wt% (e.g., at least about 1 wt%, at least about 2 wt%, at least about 3 wt%, or at least about 4 wt%) of
polyvinylpyrrolidone, by weight of the composition. In yet another example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a glidant in an amount ranging from about 0.1 wt% to about 10 wt% (e.g., from about 1 wt% to about 8 wt% or from about 2 wt% to about 5 wt%) of
polyvinylpyrrolidone, by weight of the composition.
[00100] Diluents suitable for the invention may add necessary bulk to a formulation to prepare tablets of the desired size and are generally compatible with the ingredients of the
pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the solubility, the hardness, the chemical stability, the physical stability, or the biological activity of the pharmaceutical composition. Exemplary diluents include: sugars, for example, confectioner's sugar,
compressible sugar, dextrates, dextrin, dextrose, lactose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose, and modified celluloses, for example, powdered cellulose, talc, calcium phosphate, starch, or any combination thereof.
[00101] Thus, in one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a diluent in an amount of 40 wt% or less (e.g., 35 wt% or less, 30 wt% or less, or 25 wt% or less, or 20 wt% or less, or 15 wt% or less, or 10 wt% or less) by weight of the composition. For example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 40 wt% to about 1 wt% (e.g., from about 35 wt% to about 5 wt% or from about 30 wt% to about 7 wt%, from about 25 wt% to about 10 wt%, from about 20 wt% to about 15 wt%) of diluent, by weight of the composition. In another example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 40 wt% or less (e.g., 35 wt% or less, 25 wt% or less, or 15 wt% or less) of mannitol, by weight of the composition. In yet another example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 35 wt% to about 1 wt% (e.g., from about 30 wt% to about 5 wt% or from about 25 wt% to about 10 wt%) of mannitol, by weight of the composition.
[00102] Glidants suitable for the invention enhance the flow properties of the pharmaceutical composition and are compatible with the ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the solubility, the hardness, the chemical stability, the physical stability, or the biological activity of the pharmaceutical composition. Exemplary glidants include colloidal silicon dioxide, talc, or a combination thereof.
[00103] Thus, in one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a glidant in an amount of 2 wt% or less (e.g., 1.75 wt%, 1.25 wt% or less, or 1.00 wt% or less) by weight of the composition. For example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 2 wt% to about 0.05 wt% (e.g., from about 1.5 wt% to about 0.07 wt% or from about 1.0 wt% to about 0.09 wt%) of glidant, by weight of the composition. In another example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 2 wt% or less (e.g., 1.75 wt%, 1.25 wt% or less, or 1.00 wt% or less) of colloidal silicon dioxide, by weight of the composition. In yet another example, the
pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 2 wt% to about 0.05 wt% (e.g., from about 1.5 wt% to about 0.07 wt% or from about 1.0 wt% to about 0.09 wt%) of colloidal silicon dioxide, by weight of the composition.
[00104] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition can include an oral solid pharmaceutical dosage form which can comprise a lubricant that can prevent adhesion of a granulate-bead admixture to a surface (e.g., a surface of a mixing bowl, a compression die and/or punch). A lubricant can also reduce interparticle friction within the granulate and improve the compression and ejection of compressed pharmaceutical compositions from a die press. The lubricant is also compatible with the ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the solubility, the hardness, or the biological activity of the
pharmaceutical composition. Exemplary lubricants include magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, sodium stearate, stearic acid, aluminum stearate, leucine, glyceryl behenate, hydrogenated vegetable oil or any combination thereof. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a lubricant in an amount of 5 wt% or less (e.g., 4.75 wt%, 4.0 wt% or less, or 3.00 wt% or less, or 2.0 wt% or less) by weight of the composition. For example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 5 wt% to about 0.10 wt% (e.g., from about 4.5 wt% to about 0.5 wt% or from about 3 wt% to about 1 wt%) of lubricant, by weight of the composition. In another example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises 5 wt% or less (e.g., 4.0 wt% or less, 3.0 wt% or less, or 2.0 wt% or less, or 1.0 wt% or less) of magnesium stearate, by weight of the composition. In yet another example, the pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 5 wt% to about 0.10 wt% (e.g., from about 4.5 wt% to about 0.15 wt% or from about 3.0 wt% to about 0.50 wt%) of magnesium stearate, by weight of the composition.
[00105] Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can optionally comprise one or more colorants, flavors, and/or fragrances to enhance the visual appeal, taste, and/or scent of the composition. Suitable colorants, flavors, or fragrances are compatible with the ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the solubility, the chemical stability, the physical stability, the hardness, or the biological activity of the pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a colorant, a flavor, and/or a fragrance. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions provided by the invention are purple.
[00106] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition includes or can be made into tablets and the tablets can be coated with a colorant and optionally labeled with a logo, other image and/or text using a suitable ink. In still other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition includes or can be made into tablets and the tablets can be coated with a colorant, waxed, and optionally labeled with a logo, other image and/or text using a suitable ink. Suitable colorants and inks are compatible with the ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., they do not substantially reduce the solubility, the chemical stability, the physical stability, the hardness, or the biological activity of the pharmaceutical composition. The suitable colorants and inks can be any color and are water based or solvent based. In one embodiment, tablets made from the pharmaceutical composition are coated with a colorant and then labeled with a logo, other image, and/or text using a suitable ink. For example, tablets comprising
pharmaceutical composition as described herein can be coated with about 3 wt% (e.g., less than about 6 wt% or less than about 4 wt%) of film coating comprising a colorant. The colored tablets can be labeled with a logo and text indicating the strength of the active ingredient in the tablet using a suitable ink. In another example, tablets comprising pharmaceutical composition as described herein can be coated with about 3 wt% (e.g., less than about 6 wt% or less than about 4 wt%) of a film coating comprising a colorant.
[00107] In another embodiment, tablets made from the pharmaceutical composition are coated with a colorant, waxed, and then labeled with a logo, other image, and/or text using a suitable ink. For example, tablets comprising pharmaceutical composition as described herein can be coated with about 3 wt% (e.g., less than about 6 wt% or less than about 4 wt%) of film coating comprising a colorant. The colored tablets can be waxed with Carnauba wax powder weighed out in the amount of about 0.01% w/w of the starting tablet core weight. The waxed tablets can be labeled with a logo and text indicating the strength of the active ingredient in the tablet using a suitable ink. In another example, tablets comprising pharmaceutical composition as described herein can be coated with about 3 wt% (e.g., less than about 6 wt% or less than about 4 wt%) of a film coating comprising a colorant The colored tablets can be waxed with Carnauba wax powder weighed out in the amount of about 0.01% w/w of the starting tablet core weight. The waxed tablets can be labeled with a logo and text indicating the strength of the active ingredient in the tablet using a pharmaceutical grade ink such as a black ink (e.g., Opacode® S-l- 17823, a solvent based ink, commercially available from Colorcon, Inc. of West Point, PA.).
[00108] One exemplary pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 15 wt% to about 70 wt%> (e.g., from about 15 wt%> to about 60 wt%>, from about 15 wt%> to about 50 wt%>, or from about 15 wt%> to about 40 wt%>, or from about 20 wt%> to about 70 wt%>, or from about 30 wt%> to about 70 wt%>, or from about 40 wt%> to about 70 wt%>, or from about 50 wt%> to about 70 wt%>) of Compound 1 , by weight of the composition. The aforementioned compositions can also include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, for example, from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% of a filler; from about 1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a disintegrant; from about 2 wt% to about 0.3 wt% of a surfactant; from about 0.1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a binder; from about 1 wt% to about 30 wt% of a diluent; from about 2 wt% to about 0.05 wt% of a glidant; and from about 5 wt% to about 0.1 wt% of a lubricant. Or, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a composition containing from about 15 wt% to about 70 wt% (e.g., from about 20 wt% to about 40 wt%>, from about 25 wt%> to about 60 wt%>, or from about 30 wt%> to about 55 wt%>) of Compound 1, by weight of the composition; and one or more excipients, for example, from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% of a filler; from about 1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a disintegrant; from about 2 wt% to about 0.3 wt% of a surfactant; from about 0.1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a binder; from about 1 wt% to about 30 wt% of a diluent; from about 2 wt% to about 0.05 wt% of a glidant; and from about 5 wt% to about 0.1 wt% of a lubricant.
[00109] Another exemplary pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 15 wt% to about 70 wt% (e.g., from about 15 wt% to about 60 wt%, from about 15 wt% to about 50 wt%, or from about 15 wt% to about 40 wt% or from about 20 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 30 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 40 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 50 wt% to about 70 wt%) of Compound 1 by weight of the composition, and one or more excipients, for example, from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% of a filler; from about 1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a disintegrant; from about 2 wt% to about 0.3 wt% of a surfactant; from about 0.1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a binder; from about 1 wt% to about 30 wt% of a diluent; from about 2 wt% to about 0.05 wt% of a glidant; and from about 2 wt% to about 0.1 wt% of a lubricant.
[00110] Another exemplary pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 15 wt% to about 70 wt% (e.g., from about 15 wt% to about 60 wt%, from about 15 wt% to about 50 wt%, or from about 15 wt% to about 40 wt% or from about 20 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 30 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 40 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 50 wt% to about 70 wt%) of Compound 1 by weight of the composition, and one or more excipients, for example, from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% of a filler; from about 1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a disintegrant; from about 2 wt% to about 0.3 wt% of a surfactant; from about 0.1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a binder; from about 1 wt% to about 30 wt% of a diluent; from about 2 wt% to about 0.05 wt% of a glidant; and from about 2 wt% to about 0.1 wt% of a lubricant.
[00111] Another exemplary pharmaceutical composition comprises from about 15 wt% to about 70 wt% (e.g., from about 15 wt% to about 60 wt%, from about 15 wt% to about 50 wt%, or from about 15 wt% to about 40 wt% or from about 20 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 30 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 40 wt% to about 70 wt%, or from about 50 wt% to about 70 wt%) of Compound 1 and one or more excipients, for example, from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% of a filler; from about 1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a disintegrant; from about 2 wt% to about 0.3 wt% of a surfactant; from about 0.1 wt% to about 5 wt% of a binder; from about 1 wt% to about 30 wt% of a diluent; from about 2 wt% to about 0.05 wt% of a glidant; and from about 2 wt% to about 0.1 wt% of a lubricant.
[00112] In one embodiment, the invention is a granular pharmaceutical composition comprising:
a. about 30 wt0/ xo of Compound 1 by weight of the composition;
b. about 42 wt0/ of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition; c. about 21 wt0/ of mannitol by weight of the composition;
d. about 3 wt0/ ) of sodium croscarmellose sodium by weight of the composition; e. about 1 wt% of sodium lauryl sulfate by weight of the composition;
f. about 2 wt% of magnesium stearate by weight of the composition; and g- about 0.5 wt1 Vo of colloidal silica by weight of the composition.
[00113] Another granular composition formulated into an oral formulation of the invention comprises:
a. about 50 wt% of Compound 1;
b. about 30 wt% of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition; c. about 13 wt% of mannitol by weight of the composition;
d. about 2 wt% of sodium croscarmellose sodium by weight of the composition; e. about 4 wt% of polyvinylpyrrolidone by weight of the composition; and f. about 1 wt% of sodium lauryl sulfate by weight of the composition.
[00114] In one embodiment, a pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention comprises: a. about 30 wt% of a Compound 1 by weight of the composition;
b. about 42 wt% of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition; c. about 21 wt% of mannitol by weight of the composition;
d. about 3 wt% of sodium croscarmellose sodium by weight of the composition; e. about 1 wt% of sodium lauryl sulfate by weight of the composition; f. about 2.5 wt% of magnesium stearate by weight of the composition; and g. about 0.5 wt% of colloidal silica by weight of the composition.
[00115] Another pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention comprises:
a. about 50 wt% of a Compound 1 by weight of the composition;
b. about 30 wt% of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition; c. about 13 wt% of mannitol by weight of the composition;
d. about 4 wt% of sodium croscarmellose sodium by weight of the composition; e. about 4 wt% of polyvinylpyrrolidone by weight of the composition f. about 1 wt% of sodium lauryl sulfate by weight of the composition; and g. about 0.5 wt% of magnesium stearate by weight of the composition.
[00116] Another pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention comprises:
a. about 60 wt% of a Compound 1 by weight of the composition;
b. about 20 wt% of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition; c. about 13 wt% of mannitol by weight of the composition;
d. about 4 wt% of sodium croscarmellose sodium by weight of the composition; e. about 4 wt% of polyvinylpyrrolidone by weight of the composition f. about 1 wt% of sodium lauryl sulfate by weight of the composition; and g. about 0.5 wt% of magnesium stearate by weight of the composition.
[00117] Another pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention comprises:
a. about 150 to 250 mg of Compound 1;
b. about 40 to 50 mg of mannitol;
c. about 120 to 130 mg of microcrystalline cellulose;
d. about 10 to 20 mg of croscarmellose sodium;
e. about 10 to 20 mg of polyvinylpyrrolidone; f. about 1 to 5 mg of sodium lauryl sulfate; and
g. about 1 to 5 mg of magnesium stearate.
[00118] Another pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention comprises:
a. about 200 mg of Compound 1 ;
b. about 43 mg of mannitol;
c. about 123 mg of microcrystalline cellulose;
d. about 15 mg of croscarmellose sodium;
e. about 13 mg of polyvinylpyrrolidone;
f. about 3 mg of sodium lauryl sulfate; and
g. about 4 mg of magnesium stearate.
[00119] Another pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention comprises:
a. about 200 mg of Compound 1 ;
b. about 45 mg of mannitol;
c. about 123 mg of microcrystalline cellulose;
d. about 15 mg of croscarmellose sodium;
e. about 10.4 mg of polyvinylpyrrolidone;
f. about 2.6 mg of sodium lauryl sulfate; and
g. about 4 mg of magnesium stearate.
[00120] Another pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention comprises:
a. about 70 wt% of a Compound 1 by weight of the composition;
b. about 12 wt% of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition; c. about 11 wt% of mannitol by weight of the composition;
d. about 4 wt% of sodium croscarmellose sodium by weight of the composition; e. about 4 wt% of polyvinylpyrrolidone by weight of the composition f. about 1 wt% of sodium lauryl sulfate by weight of the composition; and g. about 0.5 wt% of magnesium stearate by weight of the composition.
[00121] The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be processed into a tablet form, capsule form, pouch form, lozenge form, or other solid form that is suited for oral administration. Thus in some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions are in tablet form.
[00122] In still another pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention, a shaped
pharmaceutical tablet composition having an initial hardness of 5-21 kP ± 20 percent comprises: about 30 wt% of Compound 1; about 42 wt% of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition; about 21 wt% of mannitol by weight of the composition; about 3 wt% of sodium croscarmellose sodium by weight of the composition; about 1 wt% of sodium lauryl sulfate by weight of the composition; about 2.5 wt% of magnesium stearate by weight of the composition; and about 0.5 wt% of colloidal silica by weight of the composition. Wherein the amount of Compound 1 in the shaped pharmaceutical tablet ranges from about 25 mg to about 250 mg, for example, 50 mg, or 75 mg, or 100 mg, or 150 mg, 200 mg, or 250 mg Compound 1 per tablet.
[00123] In still another pharmaceutical oral formulation of the invention, a shaped
pharmaceutical tablet composition having an initial hardness of 5-21 kP ± 20 percent comprises: about 49 wt% of a Compound 1 ; about 29 wt% of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition; about 12.6 wt% of mannitol by weight of the composition; about 4 wt% of sodium croscarmellose sodium by weight of the composition; about 4 wt% of polyvinylpyrrolidone by weight of the composition; about 1 wt% of sodium lauryl sulfate by weight of the composition; and about 0.5 wt% of magnesium stearate by weight of the composition. The amount of
Compound 1 in the shaped pharmaceutical tablet ranges from about 25 mg to about 250 mg, for example, 50 mg, or 75 mg, or 100 mg, or 150 mg, 200 mg, or 250 mg Compound 1 per tablet.
[00124] In certain embodiments, the shaped pharmaceutical tablet contains about 100 mg of Compound 1. In certain embodiments, the shaped pharmaceutical tablet contains about 200 mg of Compound 1.
[00125] Another aspect of the invention provides a pharmaceutical formulation consisting of a tablet or capsule that includes a Compound 1 and other excipients (e.g., a filler, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, a glidant, a colorant, a lubricant, or any combination thereof), each of which is described above and in the Examples below, wherein the tablet has a dissolution of at least about 50% (e.g., at least about 60%>, at least about 70%>, at least about 80%>, at least about 90%>, or at least about 99%) in about 30 minutes. In one example, the pharmaceutical composition consists of a tablet that includes Compound 1 in an amount ranging from 25 mg to 250 mg, for example, 25 mg, or 50 mg, or 75 mg, or 100 mg, or 150 mg, 200 mg, or 250 mg and one or more excipients (e.g., a filler, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, a glidant, a colorant, a lubricant, or any combination thereof), each of which is described above and in the Examples below, wherein the tablet has a dissolution of from about 50% to about 100% (e.g., from about 55% to about 95% or from about 60% to about 90%) in about 30 minutes. In another example, the
pharmaceutical composition consists of a tablet that comprises a composition comprising Compound 1 ; and one or more excipients from: a filler, a diluent, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, a glidant, and a lubricant, wherein the tablet has a dissolution of at least about 50% (e.g., at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 99%) in about 30 minutes.
[00126] In one embodiment, the tablet comprises a composition comprising at least about 25 mg (e.g., at least about 30 mg, at least about 40 mg, or at least about 50 mg) of Compound 1 ; and one or more excipients from: a filler, a diluent, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, a glidant, and a lubricant. In another embodiment, the tablet comprises a composition comprising at least about 25 mg (e.g., at least about 30 mg, at least about 40 mg, at least about 50 mg, at least about 100 mg, or at least 150 mg) of Compound 1 and one or more excipients from: a filler, a diluent, a disintegrant, a surfactant, a binder, a glidant, and a lubricant.
[00127] Dissolution can be measured with a standard USP Type II apparatus that employs a dissolution media of 0.1 % CTAB dissolved in 900 mL of DI water, buffered at pH 6.8 with 50 mM potassium phosphate monoasic, stirring at about 50-75 rpm at a temperature of about 37 °C. A single experimental tablet is tested in each test vessel of the apparatus. Dissolution can also be measured with a standard USP Type II apparatus that employs a dissolution media of 0.7%> sodium lauryl sulfate dissolved in 900 mL of 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 6.8), stirring at about 65 rpm at a temperature of about 37 °C. A single experimental tablet is tested in each test vessel of the apparatus. Dissolution can also be measured with a standard USP Type II apparatus that employs a dissolution media of 0.5%> sodium lauryl sulfate dissolved in 900 mL of 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 6.8), stirring at about 65 rpm at a temperature of about 37 °C. A single experimental tablet is tested in each test vessel of the apparatus.
METHODS FOR MAKING COMPOUND 1, COMPOUND 1 FORM I, COMPOUND 1 FORM II, COMPOUND 1 HC1 SALT FORM A
Compound 1
[00128] Compound 1 is used as the starting point for the other solid state forms and can be prepared by coupling an acid chloride moiety with an amine moiety according to Schemes 1-4.
Scheme 1. Synthesis of the acid chloride moiety.
Figure imgf000036_0001
1. NaCN
2. H20
Figure imgf000036_0002
socio
Figure imgf000036_0003
[00129] Scheme 1 depicts the preparation of l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5- yl)cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride, which is used in Scheme 3 to make the amide linkage of Compound 1.
[00130] The starting material, 2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxole-5-carboxylic acid, is commercially available from Saltigo (an affiliate of the Lanxess Corporation). Reduction of the carboxylc acid moiety in 2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l ,3]dioxole-5-carboxylic acid to the primary alcohol, followed by conversion to the corresponding chloride using thionyl chloride (SOCl2), provides 5-(chloromethyl)-2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxole, which is subsequently converted to 2-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl)acetonitrile using sodium cyanide. Treatment of 2-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl)acetonitrile with base and l-bromo-2-chloroethane provides 1- (2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarbonitrile. The nitrile moiety in l-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarbonitrile is converted to a carboxylic acid using base to give l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid, which is converted to the desired acid chloride using thionyl chloride.
Scheme 2. Alternative synthesis of the acid chloride moiety.
Figure imgf000037_0001
Touene, H20, 70 °C
3 N HC1,
DMSO,
75 °C
Figure imgf000037_0002
[00131] Scheme 2 depicts an alternative synthesis of the requisite acid chloride. 5- bromomethyl-2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxole is coupled with ethyl cyanoacetate in the presence of a palladium catalyst to form the corresponding alpha cyano ethyl ester. Saponification of the ester moiety to the carboxylic acid gives the cyanoethyl compound. Alkylation of the cyanoethyl compound with l-bromo-2-chloro ethane in the presence of base gives the cyanocyclopropyl compound. Treatment of the cyanocyclopropyl compound with base gives the carboxylate salt, which is converted to the carboxylic acid by treatment with acid. Conversion of the carboxylic acid to the acid chloride is then accomplished using a chlorinating agent such as thionyl chloride or the like.
Scheme 3. Synthesis of the amine moiety.
Figure imgf000038_0001
ptBu urea-hydrogen peroxide hthalic anhydride EtOAc, water
Figure imgf000038_0002
[00132] Scheme 3 depicts the preparation of the requisite tert-butyl 3-(6-amino-3- methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate, which is coupled with l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5- yl)cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride in Scheme 3 to give Compound 1. Palladium-catalyzed coupling of 2-bromo-3-methylpyridine with 3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)phenylboronic acid gives tert-butyl 3-(3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate, which is subsequently converted to the desired compound. Scheme 4. Formation of an acid salt of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d] [l,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid.
Figure imgf000039_0001
[00133] Scheme 4 depicts the coupling of l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5- yl)cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride with tert-butyl 3-(6-amino-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate using triethyl amine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine to initially provide the tert-butyl ester of Compound 1.
Compound 1 Form I
[00134] Compound 1 Form I is prepared by dispersing or dissolving a salt form, such as the HC1 salt, of Compound 1 in an appropriate solvent for an effective amount of time. Treatment of the tert-butyl ester with an acid such as HC1, gives the HCL salt of Compound 1 , which is typically a crystalline solid. Compound 1 Form I may also be prepared directly from the t-butyl ester precursor by treatment with an appropriate acid, such as formic acid.
[00135] The HC1 salt of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl)
cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid can be used to make Form I by dispersing or dissolving the HC1 salt of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid in an appropriate solvent for an effective amount of time. Other salts of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid may be used, such as, for example, salts derived from other mineral or organic acids. The other salts result from acid- mediated hydrolysis of the t-butyl ester moiety. Salts derived from other acids may include, for example, nitric, sulfuric, phosphoric, boric, acetic, benzoic and malonic. These salt forms of 3- (6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l ,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2- yl)benzoic acid may or may not be soluble, depending upon the solvent used, but lack of solubility does not hinder formation of Form I. For example, in one embodiment, the appropriate solvent may be water or an alcohol/water mixture such as 50% methanol/water mixture, even though the HC1 salt form of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l ,3]dioxol-5-yl)
cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid is only sparingly soluble in water. In one embodiment, the appropriate solvent is water.
[00136] The effective amount of time for formation of Form I from the salt of 3-(6-(l-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d] [ 1 ,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid can be any time between 2 to 24 hours or greater. It is recognized that the amount of time needed is inversely proportional to the temperature. That is, the higher the temperature the less time needed to affect dissociation of acid to form Form I. When the solvent is water, stirring the dispersion for approximately 24 hours at room temperature provides Form I in an approximately 98% yield. If a solution of the salt of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l ,3]dioxol-5-yl)
cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid is desired for process purposes, an elevated temperature may be used. After stirring the solution for an effective amount of time at the elevated temperature, recrystallization upon cooling provides substantially pure Form I . In one embodiment, substantially pure refers to greater than about 90% purity. In another embodiment, substantially pure refers to greater than about 95% purity. In another embodiment, substantially pure refers to greater than about 98% purity. In another embodiment, substantially pure refers to greater than about 99% purity. The temperature selected depends in part on the solvent used and is well within the determination capabilities of one of ordinary skill in the art. In one embodiment, the temperature is between room temperature and about 80 °C. In another embodiment, the temperature is between room temperature and about 40 °C. In another embodiment, the temperature is between about 40 °C and about 60 °C. In another embodiment, the temperature is between about 60 °C and about 80 °C.
[00137] Compound 1 Form I may also be formed directly from 3-(6-(l-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d] [ 1 ,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-t- butylbenzoate (cf. Scheme 3), which is a precursor to the salt of Compound 1. Thus, 3-(6-(l- (2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l ,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-t- butylbenzoate is allowed to undergo reaction with an appropriate acid, such as, for example, formic acid under appropriate reaction conditions to give Compound 1 Form I.
[00138] Compound 1 Form I may be further purified by recrystallization from an organic solvent. Examples of organic solvents include, but are not limited to, toluene, cumene, anisol, 1- butanol, isopropyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, methyl t-butyl ether, methyl isobutyl ketone and 1-propanol-water mixtures. The temperature may be as described above. For example, Form I is dissolved in 1 -butanol at 75 °C until it is completely dissolved. Cooling down the solution to 10 °C at a rate of 0.2 °C/min yields crystals of Form I which may be isolated by filtration.
[00139] In one embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is characterized by one or more peaks at 15.2 to 15.6 degrees, 16.1 to 16.5 degrees, and 14.3 to 14.7 degrees in an X-ray powder diffraction obtained using Cu K alpha radiation. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is characterized by one or more peaks at 15.4, 16.3, and 14.5 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 14.6 to 15.0 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 14.8 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 17.6 to 18.0 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 17.8 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 16.4 to 16.8 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 16.4 to 16.8 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 16.6 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 7.6 to 8.0 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 7.8 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 25.8 to 26.2 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further
characterized by a peak at 26.0 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 21.4 to 21.8 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 21.6 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 23.1 to 23.5 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form I is further characterized by a peak at 23.3 degrees. In some embodiments, Compound 1 Form I is characterized by a diffraction pattern substantially similar to that of Figure 1. In some embodiments, Compound 1 Form I is characterized by a diffraction pattern substantially similar to that of Figure 2.
[00140] In some embodiments, the particle size distribution of D90 is about 82 μιη or less for Compound 1 Form I. In some embodiments, the particle size distribution of D50 is about 30 μιη or less for Compound 1 Form I.
Compound 1 Form II
[00141] Compound 1 Form II is prepared by slurrying Compound 1 Form I in an appropriate solvent at a sufficient concentration for a sufficient time. The slurry is then filtered centrifugally or under vacuum and dried at ambient conditions for sufficient time to yield Compound 1 Form II.
[00142] In some embodiments, about 20 to 40 mg of Compound 1 Form I is slurried in about 400 to 600 of an appropriate solvent. In another embodiment, about 25 to 35 mg of
Compound 1 Form I is slurried in about 450 to 550 of an appropriate solvent. In another embodiment, about 30 mg of Compound 1 Form I is slurried in about 500 μί of an appropriate solvent.
[00143] In some embodiments, the time that Compound 1 Form I is allowed to slurry with the solvent is froml hour to four days. More particularly, the time that Compound 1 Form I is allowed to slurry with the solvent is froml to 3 days. More particularly, the time is 2 days.
[00144] In some embodiments, the appropriate solvent is selected from an organic solvent of sufficient size to fit the voids in the crystalline lattice of Compound 1 Form II. In other embodiments, the solvate is of sufficient size to fit in voids measuring about 100 A3.
[00145] In other embodiments, the solvent is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, acetone, 2-propanol, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, methyl acetate, 2-butanone, ethyl formate, and 2-methyl tetrahydrofuran.
[00146] In other embodiments, a mixture of two or more of these solvents may be used to obtain Compound 1 Form II. Alternatively, Compound 1 Form II may be obtained from a mixture comprising one or more of these solvents and water.
[00147] In some embodiments, the effective amount of time for drying Compound 1 Form II is 1 to 24 hours. More particularly, the time is 6 to 18 hours. More particularly, the time is about 12 hours.
[00148] In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is prepared by dispersing or dissolving a salt form of Compound 1 , such as an HC1 salt of Compound 1 in an appropriate solvent for an effective amount of time.
[00149] Compound 1 Form II as disclosed herein comprises a crystalline lattice of Compound 1 in which voids in the crystalline lattice are empty, or occupied, or partially occupied by one or more molecules of a suitable solvent. Suitable solvents include, but are not limited to, methanol, ethanol, acetone, 2-propanol, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, methyl acetate, 2-butanone, ethyl formate, and 2-methyl tetrahydrofuran. Certain physical characterisics of Compound 1 isostructural solvate forms, such as X-ray powder diffraction, melting point and DSC, are not substantially affected by the particular solvent molecule in question.
[00150] In one embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is characterized by one or more peaks at 21.50 to 21.90 degrees, 8.80 to 9.20 degrees, and 10.80 to 11.20 degrees in an X-ray powder diffraction obtained using Cu K alpha radiation. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is characterized by one or more peaks at 21.50 to 21.90 degrees, 8.80 to 9.20 degrees, 10.80 to 11.20 degrees, 18.00 to 18.40 degrees, and 22.90 to 23.30 degrees in an X-ray powder diffraction obtained using Cu K alpha radiation. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is characterized by one or more peaks at 21.70, 8.98, and 11.04 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is characterized by one or more peaks at 21.70, 8.98, 11.04, 18.16, and 23.06 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is characterized by a peak at 21.50 to 21.90 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 21.70 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 8.80 to 9.20 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 8.98 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 10.80 to 11.20 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 11.04. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 18.00 to 18.40 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 18.16 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 22.90 to 23.30 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 23.06 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 20.40 to 20.80 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 20.63 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 22.00 to 22.40 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 22.22 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 18.40 to 18.80 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 18.57 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further
characterized by a peak at 16.50 to 16.90 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 16.66 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 19.70 to 20.10 degrees. In another embodiment,
Compound 1 Form II is further characterized by a peak at 19.86 degrees.
[00151] In some embodiments, Compound 1 Form II is characterized by a diffraction pattern substantially similar to that of Figure 3. In some embodiments, Compound 1 Form II is characterized by diffraction patterns substantially similar to those provided in Figure 4.
[00152] In another embodiment, the solvate that forms Compound 1 Form II is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, acetone, 2-propanol, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, methyl acetate, 2-butanone, ethyl formate, and 2-methyl tetrahydrofuran. Diffraction patterns are provided for the following Compound 1 Form II: methanol (Figure 5), ethanol (Figure 6), acetone (Figure 7), 2-propanol (Figure 8), acetonitrile (Figure 9), tetrahydrofuran (Figure 10), methyl acetate (Figure 11), 2-butanone (Figure 12), ethyl formate (Figure 13), and 2- methytetrahydrofuran (Figure 14).
[00153] In another embodiment, the invention provides Compound 1 Form II which exhibits two or more phase transitions as determined by DSC or a similar analytic method known to the skilled artisan. In some embodiments, the DSC of Compound 1 Form II is substantially similar to the DSC trace depicted in Figure 15. In another embodiment of this aspect, the DSC gives two phase transitions. In another embodiment, the DSC gives three phase transitions. In another embodiment, one of the phase transitions occurs between 200 and 207 °C. In another
embodiment, one of the phase transitions occurs between 204 and 206 °C. In another
embodiment, one of the phase transitions occurs between 183 and 190 °C. In another embodiment, one of the phase transitions occurs between 185 and 187 °C. In another embodiment, the melting point of Compound 1, Solvate Form A is between 183 °C to 190 °C. In another embodiment, the melting point of Compound 1, Solvate Form A is between 185 °C to 187 °C.
[00154] In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II comprises 1 to 10 weight percent (wt. %) solvate as determined by TGA. In some embodiments, the TGA of Compound 1 Form II is substantially similar to the TGA trace depicted in Figure 16. In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II comprises 2 to 5 wt. % solvate as determined by TGA or a similar analytic method known to the skilled artisan.
[00155] In another embodiment, the conformation of Compound 1 Form II acetone solvate is substantially similar to that depicted in Figure 17, which is based on single X-ray analysis.
[00156] In another embodiment, Compound 1 Form II acetone solvate has a P2i/n space group, and the following unit cell dimensions:
a = 16.5235 (10) A a = 90° b = 12.7425 (8) A β = 103.736 (4)° c = 20.5512 (13) A γ = 90°.
Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A
[00157] Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A can be prepared from the HC1 salt of Compound 1, by dissolving the HC1 salt of Compound 1 in a minimum of solvent and removing the solvent by slow evaporation. In another embodiment, the solvent is an alcohol. In another embodiment, the solvent is ethanol. Slow evaporation is generally carried out by impeding the evaporation of the solvent. For example, in one embodiment, slow evaporation involves dissolving the HC1 salt of Compound 1 in a vial and covering the vial with parafilm that contains a hole poked in it.
[00158] In one embodiment, Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A is characterized by one or more peaks at 8.80 to 9.20 degrees, 17.30 to 17.70 degrees, and 18.20 to 18.60 degrees in an X-ray powder diffraction obtained using Cu K alpha radiation. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A is characterized by one or more peaks at 8.80 to 9.20 degrees, 17.30 to 17.70 degrees, 18.20 to 18.60 degrees, 10.10 to 10.50, and 15.80 to 16.20 degrees in an X-ray powder diffraction obtained using Cu K alpha radiation. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is characterized by one or more peaks at 8.96, 17.51, and 18.45 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is characterized by one or more peaks at 8.96, 17.51, 18.45. 10.33, and 16.01 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is characterized by a peak at 8.80 to 9.20 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is characterized by a peak at 8.96 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 17.30 to 17.70 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is characterized by a peak at 17.51 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 18.20 to 18.60 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 18.45degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 10.10 to 10.50 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 10.33 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 15.80 to 16.20 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 16.01 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 11.70 to 12.10 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 11.94 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 7.90 to 8.30 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 8.14 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 9.90 to 10.30 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 10.10 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 16.40 to 16.80 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 16.55 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 9.30 to 9.70 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 9.54 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 16.40 to 16.80 degrees. In another embodiment, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is further characterized by a peak at 16.55 degrees. In some embodiments, Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is characterized as a dimer as depicted in Figure 18. [00159] In some embodiments, Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A is characterized by a diffraction pattern substantially similar to that of Figure 19.
[00160] In another embodiment, the invention features crystalline Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A having a P I space group, and the following unit cell dimensions: a = 10.2702 (2) A a = 67.0270 (10)° b = 10.8782 (2) A β = 66.1810 (10)° c = 12.4821 (3) A γ = 72.4760 (10)°.
METHODS FOR MAKING THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
[00161] The dosage unit forms of the invention can be produced by compacting or
compressing an admixture or composition, for example, a powder or granules, under pressure to form a stable three-dimensional shape (e.g., a tablet). As used herein, "tablet" includes compressed pharmaceutical dosage unit forms of all shapes and sizes, whether coated or uncoated.
[00162] The expression "dosage unit form" as used herein refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated. In general, a compacted mixture has a density greater than that of the mixture prior to compaction. A dosage unit form of the invention can have almost any shape including concave and/or convex faces, rounded or angled corners, and a rounded to rectilinear shape. In some embodiments, the compressed dosage forms of the invention comprise a rounded tablet having flat faces. The solid pharmaceutical dosage forms of the invention can be prepared by any compaction and compression method known by persons of ordinary skill in the art of forming compressed solid pharmaceutical dosage forms. In particular embodiments, the formulations provided herein may be prepared using conventional methods known to those skilled in the field of pharmaceutical formulation, as described, e.g., in pertinent textbooks. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md. (2003); Ansel et al., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms And Drug Delivery Systems, 7th Edition, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, (1999); The Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 4th edition, Rowe et al., Eds., American Pharmaceuticals Association (2003); Gibson, Pharmaceutical Preformulation And Formulation, CRC Press (2001), these references hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Granulation and Compression
[00163] In some embodiments, solid forms, including powders comprising the active agent Compound 1 and the included pharmaceutically acceptable excipients (e.g. filler, diluent, disintegrant, surfactant, glidant, binder, lubricant, or any combination thereof ) can be subjected to a dry granulation process. The dry granulation process causes the powder to agglomerate into larger particles having a size suitable for further processing. Dry granulation can improve the flowability of a mixture in order to be able to produce tablets that comply with the demand of mass variation or content uniformity.
[00164] Formulations as described herein may be produced using one or more mixing and dry granulations steps. The order and the number of the mixing and granulation steps do not seem to be critical. However, at least one of the excipients and Compound 1 can be been subject to dry granulation or wet high shear granulation before compression into tablets. Dry granulation of Compound 1 and the excipients made together prior to tablet compression seem, surprisingly, to be a simple, inexpensive and efficient way of providing close physical contact between the ingredients of the present compositions and formulations and thus results in a tablet formulation with good stability properties. Dry granulation can be carried out by a mechanical process, which transfers energy to the mixture without any use of any liquid substances (neither in the form of aqueous solutions, solutions based on organic solutes, or mixtures thereof) in contrast to wet granulation processes, also contemplated herein. Generally, the mechanical process requires compaction such as the one provided by roller compaction. An example of an alternative method for dry granulation is slugging.
[00165] In some embodiments, roller compaction is a granulation process comprising highly intensive mechanical compacting of one or more substances. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition comprising an admixture of powders is pressed, that is roller compacted, between 2 counter rotating rollers to make a solid sheet which is subsequently crushed in a sieve to form a particulate matter. In this particulate matter, a close mechanical contact between the ingredients can be obtained. An example of roller compaction equipment is Minipactor® a Gerteis 3W-Polygran from Gerteis Maschinen+Processengineering AG.
[00166] In some embodiments, tablet compression according to the invention can occur without any use of any liquid substances (neither in the form of aqueous solutions, solutions based on organic solutes, or mixtures thereof), i.e. a dry granulation process. In a typical embodiment the resulting core or tablet has a compressive strength in the range of 1 to 15 kP; such as 1.5 to 12.5 kP, preferably in the range of 2 to 10 kP.
Brief Manufacturing Procedure
[00167] In some embodiments, the ingredients are weighed according to the formula set herein. Next, all of the intragranular ingredients are sifted and mixed well. The ingredients can be lubricated with a suitable lubricant, for example, magnesium stearate. The next step can comprise compaction/slugging of the powder admixture and sized ingredients. Next, the compacted or slugged blends are milled into granules and sifted to obtain the desired size. Next, the granules can be further lubricated with, for example, magnesium stearate. Next the granular composition of the invention can be compressed on suitable punches into various pharmaceutical formulations in accordance with the invention. Optionally the tablets can be coated with a film, colorant or other coating.
[00168] Another aspect of the invention provides a method for producing a pharmaceutical composition comprising providing an admixture of a composition comprising Compound 1 and one or more excipients selected from: a filler, a diluent, a binder, a glidant, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and compressing the composition into a tablet having a dissolution of at least about 50% in about 30 minutes.
[00169] In another embodiment, a wet granulation process is performed to yield the pharmaceutical formulation of the invention from an admixture of powdered and liquid ingredients. For example, a pharmaceutical composition comprising an admixture of a composition comprising Compound 1 and one or more excipients selected from: a filler, a diluent, a binder, a glidant, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, are weighed as per the formula set herein. Next, all of the intragranular ingredients are sifted and mixed in a high shear or low shear granulator using water or water with a surfactant or water with a binder or water with a surfactant and a binder to granulate the powder blend. A fluid other than water can also be used with or without surfactant and/or binder to granulate the powder blend. Next, the wet granules can optionally be milled using a suitable mill. Next, water may optionally be removed from the admixture by drying the ingredients in any suitable manner. Next, the dried granules can optionally be milled to the required size. Next, extra granular excipients can be added by blending (for example a filler, a diluent, and a disintegrant). Next, the sized granules can be further lubricated with magnesium stearate and a disintegrant, for example, croscarmellose sodium. Next the granular composition of the invention can be sifted for sufficient time to obtain the correct size and then compressed on suitable punches into various pharmaceutical formulations in accordance with the invention. Optionally, the tablets can be coated with a film, colorant or other coating.
[00170] Each of the ingredients of this exemplary admixture is described above and in the Examples below. Furthermore, the admixture can comprise optional additives, such as, one or more colorants, one or more flavors, and/or one or more fragrances as described above and in the Examples below. In some embodiments, the relative concentrations (e.g., wt%) of each of these ingredients (and any optional additives) in the admixture are also presented above and in the Examples below. The ingredients constituting the admixture can be provided sequentially or in any combination of additions; and, the ingredients or combination of ingredients can be provided in any order. In one embodiment, the lubricant is the last component added to the admixture.
[00171] In another embodiment, the admixture comprises a composition of Compound 1, and any one or more of the excipients; a binder, a glidant, a surfactant, a diluent, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and a filler, wherein each of these ingredients is provided in a powder form (e.g., provided as particles having a mean or average diameter, measured by light scattering, of 250 μιη or less (e.g., 150 μιη or less, 100 μιη or less, 50 μιη or less, 45 μιη or less, 40 μιη or less, or 35 μιη or less)). For instance, the admixture comprises a composition of Compound 1, a diluent, a glidant, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and a filler, wherein each of these ingredients is provided in a powder form (e.g., provided as particles having a mean diameter, measured by light scattering, of 250 μιη or less (e.g., 150 μιη or less, 100 μιη or less, 50 μιη or less, 45 μιη or less, 40 μιη or less, or 35 μιη or less)). In another example, the admixture comprises a composition of Compound 1 , a diluent, a binder, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and a filler, wherein each of these ingredients is provided in a powder form (e.g., provided as particles having a mean diameter, measured by light scattering, of 250 μιη or less (e.g., 150 μιη or less, 100 μιη or less, 50 μιη or less, 45 μιη or less, 40 μιη or less, or 35 μιη or less))
[00172] In another embodiment, the admixture comprises a composition of Compound 1, and any combination of: a binder, a glidant, a diluent, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and a filler, wherein each of these ingredients is substantially free of water. Each of the ingredients comprises less than 5 wt% (e.g., less than 2 wt%, less than 1 wt%, less than 0.75 wt%, less than 0.5 wt%, or less than 0.25 wt%) of water by weight of the ingredient. For instance, the admixture comprises a composition of Compound 1 , a diluent, a glidant, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and a filler, wherein each of these ingredients is substantially free of water. In some embodiments, each of the ingredients comprises less than 5 wt% (e.g., less than 2 wt%, less than 1 wt%, less than 0.75 wt%, less than 0.5 wt%, or less than 0.25 wt%) of water by weight of the ingredient.
[00173] In another embodiment, compressing the admixture into a tablet is accomplished by filling a form (e.g., a mold) with the admixture and applying pressure to admixture. This can be accomplished using a die press or other similar apparatus. In some embodiments, the admixture of Compound 1 and excipients can be first processed into granular form. The granules can then be sized and compressed into tablets or formulated for encapsulation according to known methods in the pharmaceutical art. It is also noted that the application of pressure to the admixture in the form can be repeated using the same pressure during each compression or using different pressures during the compressions. In another example, the admixture of powdered ingredients or granules can be compressed using a die press that applies sufficient pressure to form a tablet having a dissolution of about 50% or more at about 30 minutes (e.g., about 55% or more at about 30 minutes or about 60% or more at about 30 minutes). For instance, the admixture is compressed using a die press to produce a tablet hardness of at least about 5 kP (at least about 5.5 kP, at least about 6 kP, at least about 7 kP, at least about 10 kP, or at least 15 kP). In some instances, the admixture is compressed to produce a tablet hardness of between about 5 and 20 kP.
[00174] In some embodiments, tablets comprising a pharmaceutical composition as described herein can be coated with about 3.0 wt% of a film coating comprising a colorant by weight of the tablet. In certain instances, the colorant suspension or solution used to coat the tablets comprises about 20%)w/w of solids by weight of the colorant suspension or solution. In still further instances, the coated tablets can be labeled with a logo, other image or text.
[00175] In another embodiment, the method for producing a pharmaceutical composition comprises providing an admixture of a solid forms, e.g. an admixture of powdered and/or liquid ingredients, the admixture comprising Compound 1 and one or more excipients selected from: a binder, a glidant, a diluent, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and a filler; mixing the admixture until the admixture is substantially homogenous, and compressing or compacting the admixture into a granular form. Then the granular composition comprising Compound 1 can be compressed into tablets or formulated into capsules as described above or in the Examples below. Alternatively, methods for producing a pharmaceutical composition comprises providing an admixture of Compound 1, and one or more excipients, e.g. a binder, a glidant, a diluent, a surfactant, a lubricant, a disintegrant, and a filler; mixing the admixture until the admixture is substantially homogenous, and compressing/compacting the admixture into a granular form using a roller compactor using a dry granulation composition as set forth in the Examples below or alternatively, compressed/compacted into granules using a high shear wet granule compaction process as set forth in the Examples below. Pharmaceutical formulations, for example a tablet as described herein, can be made using the granules prepared incorporating Compound 1 in addition to the selected excipients described herein.
[00176] In some embodiments, the admixture is mixed by stirring, blending, shaking, or the like using hand mixing, a mixer, a blender, any combination thereof, or the like. When ingredients or combinations of ingredients are added sequentially, mixing can occur between successive additions, continuously throughout the ingredient addition, after the addition of all of the ingredients or combinations of ingredients, or any combination thereof. The admixture is mixed until it has a substantially homogenous composition.
[00177] In another embodiment, the present invention comprises jet milling Compound 1 , Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A in a suitable, conventional milling apparatus using air pressure suitable to produce particles having a significant particle size fraction between 0.1 microns and 50 microns. In another embodiment, the particle size is between 0.1 microns and 20 microns. In another embodiment, the particles size is between 0.1 microns and 10 microns. In another embodiment, the particle size is between 1.0 microns and 5 microns. In still another embodiment, Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A has a particle size D50 of 2.0 microns.
[00178] In various embodiments, a second therapeutic agent can be formulated together with Compound 1 to form a unitary or single dose form, for example, a tablet or capsule. [00179] Dosage forms prepared as above can be subjected to in vitro dissolution evaluations according to Test 711 "Dissolution" in United States Pharmacopoeia 29, United States
Pharmacopeial Convention, Inc., Rockville, Md., 2005 ("USP"), to determine the rate at which the active substance is released from the dosage forms. The content of active substance and the impurity levels are conveniently measured by techniques such as high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).
[00180] In some embodiments, the invention includes use of packaging materials such as containers and closures of high-density polyethylene (HDPE), low-density polyethylene (LDPE) and or polypropylene and/or glass, glassine foil, aluminum pouches, and blisters or strips composed of aluminum or high-density polyvinyl chloride (PVC), optionally including a desiccant, polyethylene (PE), polyvinylidene dichloride (PVDC), PVC/PE/PVDC, and the like. These package materials can be used to store the various pharmaceutical compositions and formulations in a sterile fashion after appropriate sterilization of the package and its contents using chemical or physical sterilization techniques commonly employed in the pharmaceutical arts.
METHODS FOR ADMINISTERING THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
[00181] In one aspect, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered to a patient once daily or about every twenty four hours. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered to a patient twice daily or about every twelve hours. These pharmaceutical compositions are administered as oral formulations containing about 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 125 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, or 400 mg of Compound 1. In this aspect, in addition to Compound 1 , the pharmaceutical compositions comprise a filler; a diluent; a disintegrant; a surfactant; at least one of a binder and a glidant; and a lubricant. For instance, a dose of 400 mg of Compound 1 , may comprise two tablets of the invention each containing 200 mg of Compound 1, or four tablets of the invention each containing 100 mg of Compound 1.
[00182] It will also be appreciated that the compound and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions and formulations of the invention can be employed in combination therapies; that is, Compound 1 and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof can be administered concurrently with, prior to, or subsequent to, one or more other desired therapeutics or medical procedures. The particular combination of therapies (therapeutics or procedures) to employ in a combination regimen will take into account compatibility of the desired therapeutics and/or procedures and the desired therapeutic effect to be achieved. It will also be appreciated that the therapies employed may achieve a desired effect for the same disorder (for example, an inventive compound may be administered concurrently with another agent used to treat the same disorder), or they may achieve different effects (e.g., control of any adverse effects). As used herein, additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat or prevent a particular disease, for example, a CFTR mediated disease, or condition, are known as "appropriate for the disease or condition being treated."
[00183] In one embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from a mucolytic agent, bronchodialator, an antibiotic, an anti-infective agent, an anti-inflammatory agent, a CFTR modulator other than Compound 1 of the invention, or a nutritional agent.
[00184] In one embodiment, the additional agent is (i?)-l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5- yl)-N-(l-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-fluoro-2-(l-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl)-lH-indol-5- yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide. In another embodiment, the additional agent is N-(5-hydroxy-2,4- ditert-butyl-phenyl)-4-oxo-lH-quinoline-3-carboxamide. In another embodiment, the additional agent is selected from Table 1 :
Table 1.
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
[00185] In another embodiment, the additional agent is any combination of the above agents. For example, the composition may comprise Compound 1 , (R)-l-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d][l ,3]dioxol-5-yl)-N-(l-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-fluoro-2-(l-hydroxy-2- methylpropan-2-yl)-lH-indol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide, and N-(5-hydroxy-2,4-ditert- butyl-phenyl)-4-oxo-lH-quinoline-3-carboxamide. In another example, the composition may comprise Compound 1 , N-(5-hydroxy-2,4-ditert-butyl-phenyl)-4-oxo-lH-quinoline-3- carboxamide, and any one of the compounds from Table 1 , i.e. compounds 1 through 14 of Table 1 , or any combination thereof.
[00186] In one embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent is an antibiotic. Exemplary antibiotics useful herein include tobramycin, including tobramycin inhaled powder (TIP), azithromycin, aztreonam, including the aerosolized form of aztreonam, amikacin, including liposomal formulations thereof, ciprofloxacin, including formulations thereof suitable for administration by inhalation, levoflaxacin, including aerosolized formulations thereof, and combinations of two antibiotics, e.g., fosfomycin and tobramycin. [00187] In another embodiment, the additional agent is a mucolyte. Exemplary mucolytes useful herein includes Pulmozyme®.
[00188] In another embodiment, the additional agent is a bronchodialator. Exemplary bronchodialtors include albuterol, metaprotenerol sulfate, pirbuterol acetate, salmeterol, or tetrabuline sulfate.
[00189] In another embodiment, the additional agent is effective in restoring lung airway surface liquid. Such agents improve the movement of salt in and out of cells, allowing mucus in the lung airway to be more hydrated and, therefore, cleared more easily. Exemplary such agents include hypertonic saline, denufosol tetrasodium ([[(3S,5R)-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-l-yl)-3- hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] [[[(2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(2,4-dioxopyrimidin-l- yl)-3, 4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] hydrogen phosphate), or bronchitol (inhaled formulation of mannitol).
[00190] In another embodiment, the additional agent is an anti-inflammatory agent, i.e., an agent that can reduce the inflammation in the lungs. Exemplary such agents useful herein include ibuprofen, docosahexanoic acid (DHA), sildenafil, inhaled glutathione, pioglitazone, hydroxychloroquine, or simavastatin.
[00191] In another embodiment, the additional agent is a CFTR modulator other than
Compound 1, i.e., an agent that has the effect of modulating CFTR activity. Exemplary such agents include ataluren ("PTC 124®"; 3-[5-(2-fluorophenyl)-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl]benzoic acid), sinapultide, lancovutide, depelestat (a human recombinant neutrophil elastase inhibitor), and cobiprostone (7-{(2R, 4aR, 5R, 7aR)-2-[(3S)-l,l-difluoro-3-methylpentyl]-2-hydroxy-6- oxooctahydrocyclopenta[b]pyran-5-yl}heptanoic acid).
[00192] In another embodiment, the additional agent is a nutritional agent. Exemplary nutritional agents include pancrelipase (pancreating enzyme replacement), including
Pancrease®, Pancreacarb®, Ultrase®, or Creon®, Liprotomase® (formerly Trizytek®), Aquadeks®, or glutathione inhalation. In one embodiment, the additional nutritional agent is pancrelipase.
[00193] In another embodiment, the additional agent is a compound selected from gentamicin, curcumin, cyclophosphamide, 4-phenylbutyrate, miglustat, felodipine, nimodipine, Philoxin B, geniestein, Apigenin, cAMP/cGMP modulators such as rolipram, sildenafil, milrinone, tadalafil, amrinone, isoproterenol, albuterol, and almeterol, deoxyspergualin, HSP 90 inhibitors, HSP 70 inhibitors, proteosome inhibitors such as epoxomicin, lactacystin, etc.
[00194] In other embodiments, the additional agent is a compound disclosed in WO
2004028480, WO 2004110352, WO 2005094374, WO 2005120497, or WO 2006101740.
In another embodiment, the additional agent is a benzo[c]quinolizinium derivative that exhibits CFTR modulation activity or a benzopyran derivative that exhibits CFTR modulation activity. In another embodiment, the additional agent is a compound disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,202,262, U.S. Pat. No. 6,992,096, US20060148864, US20060148863, US20060035943, US20050164973, WO2006110483, WO2006044456, WO2006044682, WO2006044505, WO2006044503, WO2006044502, or WO2004091502. In another embodiment, the additional agent is a compound disclosed in WO2004080972, WO2004111014, WO2005035514, WO2005049018, WO2006099256, WO2006127588, or WO2007044560. In another embodiment, the additional agent is N-(5-hydroxy-2,4-ditert-butyl-phenyl)-4-oxo-lH-quinoline-3-carboxamide.
[00195] In one embodiment, 400 mg of Compound 1 may be administered to a subject in need thereof followed by co-administration of 150 mg of N-(5-hydroxy-2,4-ditert-butyl-phenyl)-4- oxo-lH-quinoline-3-carboxamide (Compound 2). In another embodiment, 400 mg of Compound 1 may be administered to a subject in need thereof followed by co-administration of 250 mg of Compound 2. In these embodiments, the dosage amounts may be achieved by administration of one or more tablets of the invention. For example, administration of 400 mg of Compound 1 may be achieved by administering two tablets each containing 200 mg of Compound 1 , or four tablets each containing 100 mg of Compound 1. Compound 2 may be administered as a pharmaceutical composition comprising Compound 2 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The duration of administration may continue until amelioration of the disease is achieved or until a subject's physician advises, e.g. duration of administration may be less than a week, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, or a month or longer. The co-administration period may be preceded by an administration period of just Compound 1 alone. For example, there could be administration of 400 mg of Compound 1 for 2 weeks followed by co-administration of 150 mg or 250 mg of Compound 2 for 1 additional week. [00196] In one embodiment, 400 mg of Compound 1 may be administered once a day to a subject in need thereof followed by co-administration of 150 mg of Compound 2 once a day. In another embodiment, 400 mg of Compound 1 may be administered once a day to a subject in need thereof followed by co-administration of 250 mg of Compound 2 once a day. In these embodiments, the dosage amounts may be achieved by administration of one or more tablets of the invention. For example, administration of 400 mg of Compound 1 may be achieved by administering two tablets each containing 200 mg of Compound 1 , or four tablets each containing 100 mg of Compound 1. Compound 2 may be administered as a pharmaceutical composition comprising Compound 2 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The duration of administration may continue until amelioration of the disease is achieved or until a subject's physician advises, e.g. duration of administration may be less than a week, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, or a month or longer. The co-administration period may be preceded by an
administration period of just Compound 1 alone. For example, there could be administration of 400 mg of Compound 1 for 2 weeks followed by co-administration of 150 mg or 250 mg of Compound 2 for 1 additional week.
[00197] In one embodiment, 400 mg of Compound 1 may be administered once a day to a subject in need thereof followed by co-administration of 150 mg of Compound 2 every 12 hours. In another embodiment, 400 mg of Compound 1 may be administered once a day to a subject in need thereof followed by co-administration of 250 mg of Compound 2 every 12 hours. In these embodiments, the dosage amounts may be achieved by administration of one or more tablets of the invention. For example, administration of 400 mg of Compound 1 may be achieved by administering two tablets each containing 200 mg of Compound 1 , or four tablets each containing 100 mg of Compound 1. Compound 2 may be administered as a pharmaceutical composition comprising Compound 2 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The duration of administration may continue until amelioration of the disease is achieved or until a subject's physician advises, e.g. duration of administration may be less than a week, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, or a month or longer. The co-administration period may be preceded by an
administration period of just Compound 1 alone. For example, there could be administration of 400 mg of Compound 1 for 2 weeks followed by co-administration of 150 mg or 250 mg of Compound 2 for 1 additional week. [00198] These combinations are useful for treating the diseases described herein including cystic fibrosis. These combinations are also useful in the kits described herein.
[00199] The amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositions of this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent. Preferably the amount of additional therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent.
THERAPEUTIC USES OF THE COMPOSITION
[00200] In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising Compound 1 and optionally an additional agent are useful for treating or lessening the severity of cystic fibrosis in patients who exhibit residual CFTR activity in the apical membrane of respiratory and non-respiratory epithelia. The presence of residual CFTR activity at the epithelial surface can be readily detected using methods known in the art, e.g., standard electrophysiological, biochemical, or histochemical techniques. Such methods identify CFTR activity using in vivo or ex vivo electrophysiological techniques, measurement of sweat or salivary CI" concentrations, or ex vivo biochemical or histochemical techniques to monitor cell surface density. Using such methods, residual CFTR activity can be readily detected in patients heterozygous or homozygous for a variety of different mutations, including patients homozygous or heterozygous for the most common mutation, AF508, as well as other mutations such as the G55 ID mutation, or the Rl 17H mutation.
[00201] In one embodiment, Compound 1, as described herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof, are useful for treating or lessening the severity of cystic fibrosis in patients within certain genotypes exhibiting residual CFTR activity, e.g., class III mutations (impaired regulation or gating), class IV mutations (altered conductance), or class V mutations (reduced synthesis) (Lee R. Choo-Kang, Pamela L., Zeitlin, Type I, II, III, IV, and V cystic fibrosis Tansmembrane Conductance Regulator Defects and Opportunities of Therapy; Current Opinion in Pulmonary Medicine 6:521 - 529, 2000). Other patient genotypes that exhibit residual CFTR activity include patients homozygous for one of these classes or heterozygous with any other class of mutations, including class I mutations, class II mutations, or a mutation that lacks classification.
[00202] In one embodiment, Compound 1 , as described herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof, are useful for treating or lessening the severity of cystic fibrosis in patients within certain clinical phenotypes, e.g., a moderate to mild clinical phenotype that typically correlates with the amount of residual CFTR activity in the apical membrane of epithelia. Such phenotypes include patients exhibiting pancreatic insufficiency or patients diagnosed with idiopathic pancreatitis and congenital bilateral absence of the vas deferens, or mild lung disease.
[00203] The exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the infection, the particular agent, its mode of administration, and the like. The compounds of the invention are preferably formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. The expression "dosage unit form" as used herein refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds and compositions of the invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific effective dose level for any particular patient or organism will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed, and like factors well known in the medical arts. The term "patient", as used herein, means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
[00204] Anywhere in the present application where a name of a compound may not correctly describe the structure of the compound, the structure supersedes the name and governs.
EXAMPLES
[00205] XRPD (X-ray Powder Diffraction)
[00206] The X-Ray diffraction (XRD) data of Compound 1 , Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A were collected on a Bruker D8 DISCOVER powder diffractometer with HI-STAR 2-dimensional detector and a flat graphite monochromator. Cu sealed tube with Ka radiation was used at 40 kV, 35mA. The samples were placed on zero- background silicon wafers at 25°C. For each sample, two data frames were collected at 120 seconds each at 2 different θ2 angles: 8° and 26°. The data were integrated with GADDS software and merged with DIFFRACTplusEVA software. Uncertainties for the reported peak positions are ± 0.2 degrees.
[00207] Jet Milling Description
[00208] Unmicronized Compound 1 , Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or
Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A is sieved to de-lump it prior to placing it into the jet mill hopper. All sieves are disposable and received a wipe prior to use. Unmicronized Compound 1,
Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A is added to the jet mill hopper at a controlled feeding rate using compressed nitrogen gas. The gas pressure range is 40-45/45-70 (Venturi/Mill) PSI and the feeding rate range is 0.5-1.6 Kg/Hour. The Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A is micronized in the mill through particle-particle and particle-wall collisions and the processed Compound 1 , Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A is emptied into the micronized product containers. It is believed that one of ordinary skill in the art may also achieve Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A with a favorable particle size through pin milling based in part on the conditions described above.
[00209] Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC)
[00210] The Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) data of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A were collected using a DSC Q100 V9.6 Build 290 (TA Instruments, New Castle, DE). Temperature was calibrated with indium and heat capacity was calibrated with sapphire. Samples of 3-6 mg were weighed into aluminum pans that were crimped using lids with 1 pin hole. The samples were scanned from 25°C to 350°C at a heating rate of 1.0°C/min and with a nitrogen gas purge of 50 ml/min. Data were collected by Thermal Advantage Q SeriesTM version 2.2.0.248 software and analyzed by Universal Analysis software version 4. ID (TA Instruments, New Castle, DE). The reported numbers represent single analyses. [00211] Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A Single Crystal Structure Determination
[00212] Diffraction data were acquired on Bruker Apex II diffractometer equipped with sealed tube Cu K-alpha source and an Apex II CCD detector. The structure was solved and refined using SHELX program (Sheldrick, G.M., Acta Cryst, (2008) A64, 112-122). Based on systematic absences and intensities statistics the structure was solved and refined in P2i/n space group.
[00213] Vitride® (sodium bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum hydride [or
NaAlH2(OCH2CH2OCFl3)2], 65 wgt% solution in toluene) was purchased from Aldrich
Chemicals.
[00214] 2,2-Difluoro-l,3-benzodioxole-5-carboxylic acid was purchased from Saltigo (an affiliate of the Lanxess Corporation).
[00215] Preparation of (2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-methanol.
1. Vitride (2 equiv)
PhCH3 (10 vol)
2. 10% aq (w/w) NaOH (4 equiv)
Figure imgf000063_0001
86-92% yield
[00216] Commercially available 2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxole-5-carboxylic acid (1.0 eq) was slurried in toluene (10 vol). Vitride® (2 eq) was added via addition funnel at a rate to maintain the temperature at 15-25 °C. At the end of the addition, the temperature was increased to 40 °C for 2 hours (h), then 10% (w/w) aqueous (aq) NaOH (4.0 eq) was carefully added via addition funnel, maintaining the temperature at 40-50 °C. After stirring for an additional 30 minutes (min), the layers were allowed to separate at 40 °C. The organic phase was cooled to 20 °C, then washed with water (2 x 1.5 vol), dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to afford crude (2,2- difluoro-l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-methanol that was used directly in the next step.
[00217] Preparation of 5-chloromethyl-2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxole. 1. S0C12 (1.5 equiv)
DMAP (0.01 equiv)
MTBE (5 vol)
Figure imgf000064_0001
[00218] (2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-methanol (1.0 eq) was dissolved in MTBE (5 vol). A catalytic amount of 4-(N,N-dimethyl)aminopyridine (DMAP) (1 mol %) was added and SOCl2 (1.2 eq) was added via addition funnel. The SOCl2 was added at a rate to maintain the temperature in the reactor at 15-25 °C. The temperature was increased to 30 °C for 1 h, and then was cooled to 20 °C. Water (4 vol) was added via addition funnel while maintaining the temperature at less than 30 °C. After stirring for an additional 30 min, the layers were allowed to separate. The organic layer was stirred and 10% (w/v) aq NaOH (4.4 vol) was added. After stirring for 15 to 20 min, the layers were allowed to separate. The organic phase was then dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to afford crude 5-chloromethyl-2,2-difluoro-l,3- benzodioxole that was used directly in the next step.
[00219] Preparation of (2,2-difluoro- 1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-acetonitrile.
Figure imgf000064_0002
95- 100% y e
[00220] A solution of 5-chloromethyl-2,2-difiuoro-l ,3-benzodioxole (1 eq) in DMSO (1.25 vol) was added to a slurry of NaCN (1.4 eq) in DMSO (3 vol), while maintaining the temperature between 30-40 °C. The mixture was stirred for 1 h, and then water (6 vol) was added, followed by methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) (4 vol). After stirring for 30 min, the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with MTBE (1.8 vol). The combined organic layers were washed with water (1.8 vol), dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to afford crude (2,2- difluoro- 1,3 -benzodioxol-5-yl)-acetonitrile (95%>) that was used directly in the next step.
[00221] Synthesis of (2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-l-ethylacetate-acetonitrile
Figure imgf000065_0001
C
[00222] A reactor was purged with nitrogen and charged with 900 mL of toluene. The solvent was degassed via nitrogen sparge for no less than 16 h. To the reactor was then charged Na3P04 (155.7 g, 949.5 mmol), followed by bis(dibenzylideneacetone) palladium (0) (7.28 g, 12.66 mmol). A 10% w/w solution of tert-butylphosphine in hexanes (51.23 g, 25.32 mmol) was charged over 10 min at 23 °C from a nitrogen purged addition funnel. The mixture was allowed to stir for 50 min, at which time 5-bromo-2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxole (75 g, 316.5 mmol) was added over 1 min. After stirring for an additional 50 min, the mixture was charged with ethyl cyanoacetate (71.6 g, 633.0 mmol) over 5 min followed by water (4.5 mL) in one portion. The mixture was heated to 70 °C over 40 min and analyzed by HPLC every 1 - 2 h for the percent conversion of the reactant to the product. After complete conversion was observed (typically 100% conversion after 5 - 8 h), the mixture was cooled to 20 - 25 °C and filtered through a celite pad. The celite pad was rinsed with toluene (2 X 450 mL) and the combined organics were concentrated to 300 mL under vacuum at 60 - 65 °C. The concentrate was charged with 225mL DMSO and concentrated under vacuum at 70 - 80 °C until active distillation of the solvent ceased. The solution was cooled to 20 - 25 °C and diluted to 900 mL with DMSO in preparation for Step 2. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.16 - 7.10 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (s, 1H), 4.19 (m, 2H), 1.23 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 3H).
[00223] Synthesis of (2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-acetonitrile.
Figure imgf000065_0002
[00224] The DMSO solution of (2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-l-ethylacetate-acetonitrile from above was charged with 3 N HC1 (617.3 mL, 1.85 mol) over 20 min while maintaining an internal temperature < 40 °C. The mixture was then heated to 75°C over 1 h and analyzed by HPLC every 1 - 2 h for % conversion. When a conversion of > 99% was observed (typically after 5 - 6 h), the reaction was cooled to 20 - 25 °C and extracted with MTBE (2 X 525 mL), with sufficient time to allow for complete phase separation during the extractions. The combined organic extracts were washed with 5% NaCl (2 X 375 mL). The solution was then transferred to equipment appropriate for a 1.5 - 2.5 Torr vacuum distillation that was equipped with a cooled receiver flask. The solution was concentrated under vacuum at < 60°C to remove the solvents. (2,2-Difluoro-l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-acetonitrile was then distilled from the resulting oil at 125 - 130 °C (oven temperature) and 1.5 - 2.0 Torr. (2,2-Difluoro-l,3- benzodioxol-5-yl)-acetonitrile was isolated as a clear oil in 66% yield from 5-bromo-2,2- difluoro-l,3-benzodioxole (2 steps) and with an HPLC purity of 91.5% AUC (corresponds to a w/w assay of 95%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) δ 7.44 (br s, 1H), 7.43 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (dd, J= 8.2, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (s, 2H).
[00225] Preparation of (2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-cyclopropanecarbonitrile. l-bromo-2-chloroethane (1.5 equiv)
50% KOH (5.0 equiv)
Oct NBr 0.02 e uiv 88- 100% yield
[00226] A mixture of (2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-acetonitrile (1.0 eq), 50 wt % aqueous KOH (5.0 eq) l-bromo-2-chloroethane (1.5 eq), and Oct4NBr (0.02 eq) was heated at 70 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled, then worked up with MTBE and water. The organic phase was washed with water and brine. The solvent was removed to afford (2,2-difluoro-l,3- benzodioxol-5-yl)-cyclopropanecarbonitrile.
[00227] Preparation of l-(2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid.
Figure imgf000066_0002
) aq c tr c ac vo
69% yield
[00228] (2,2-difluoro- 1 ,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-cyclopropanecarbonitrile was hydrolyzed using 6 M NaOH (8 equiv) in ethanol (5 vol) at 80 °C overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the ethanol was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was taken up in water and MTBE, 1 M HC1 was added, and the layers were separated. The MTBE layer was then treated with dicyclohexylamine (DCHA) (0.97 equiv). The slurry was cooled to 0 °C, filtered and washed with heptane to give the corresponding DCHA salt. The salt was taken into MTBE and 10% citric acid and stirred until all the solids had dissolved. The layers were separated and the MTBE layer was washed with water and brine. A solvent swap to heptane followed by filtration gave l-(2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid after drying in a vacuum oven at 50 °C overnight.
[00229] Preparation of l-(2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride.
SOCl2,
Figure imgf000067_0001
[00230] l-(2,2-difluoro-l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (1.2 eq) is slurried in toluene (2.5 vol) and the mixture was heated to 60 °C. SOCl2 (1.4 eq) was added via addition funnel. The toluene and SOCl2 were distilled from the reaction mixture after 30 minutes.
Additional toluene (2.5 vol) was added and the resulting mixture was distilled again, leaving the product acid chloride as an oil, which was used without further purification.
[00231] Preparation of terf-butyl-3-(3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate.
1. toluene, 2M K2C03
Figure imgf000067_0002
tBu
[00232] 2-Bromo-3-methylpyridine (1.0 eq) was dissolved in toluene (12 vol). K2C03 (4.8 eq) was added, followed by water (3.5 vol). The resulting mixture was heated to 65 °C under a stream of N2 for 1 hour. 3-(t-Butoxycarbonyl)phenylboronic acid (1.05 eq) and
Pd(dppf)Cl2-CH2Cl2 (0.015 eq) were then added and the mixture was heated to 80 °C. After 2 hours, the heat was turned off, water was added (3.5 vol), and the layers were allowed to separate. The organic phase was then washed with water (3.5 vol) and extracted with 10% aqueous methanesulfonic acid (2 eq MsOH, 7.7 vol). The aqueous phase was made basic with 50%) aqueous NaOH (2 eq) and extracted with EtOAc (8 vol). The organic layer was concentrated to afford crude fert-butyl-3-(3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate (82%) that was used directly in the next step.
[00233] Preparation of 2-(3-(ter^butoxycarbonyl)phenyl)-3-methylpyridine-l-oxide.
Figure imgf000068_0001
tBu
[00234] tert-Butyl-3-(3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate (1.0 eq) was dissolved in EtOAc (6 vol). Water (0. 3 vol) was added, followed by urea-hydrogen peroxide (3 eq). Phthalic anhydride (3 eq) was then added portionwise to the mixture as a solid at a rate to maintain the temperature in the reactor below 45 °C. After completion of the phthalic anhydride addition, the mixture was heated to 45 °C. After stirring for an additional 4 hours, the heat was turned off. 10% w/w aqueous Na2S03 (1.5 eq) was added via addition funnel. After completion of Na2S03 addition, the mixture was stirred for an additional 30 min and the layers separated. The organic layer was stirred and 10%> wt/wt aqueous. Na2C03 (2 eq) was added. After stirring for 30 minutes, the layers were allowed to separate. The organic phase was washed 13%> w/v aq NaCl. The organic phase was then filtered and concentrated to afford crude 2-(3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)phenyl)-3- methylpyridine-1 -oxide (95%>) that was used directly in the next step.
[00235] Preparation of ter )utyl-3-(6-amino-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate.
Figure imgf000068_0002
[00236] A solution of 2-(3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)phenyl)-3-methylpyridine-l -oxide (1 eq) and pyridine (4 eq) in acetonitrile (8 vol) was heated to 70 °C. A solution of methanesulfonic anhydride (1.5 eq) in MeCN (2 vol) was added over 50 min via addition funnel while maintaining the temperature at less than 75 °C. The mixture was stirred for an additional 0.5 hours after complete addition. The mixture was then allowed to cool to ambient. Ethanolamine (10 eq) was added via addition funnel. After stirring for 2 hours, water (6 vol) was added and the mixture was cooled to 10 °C. After stirring for 3 hours, the solid was collected by filtration and washed with water (3 vol), 2: 1 acetonitrile/water (3 vol), and acetonitrile (2 x 1.5 vol). The solid was dried to constant weight (<1% difference) in a vacuum oven at 50 °C with a slight N2 bleed to afford tert-butyl-3-(6-amino-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate as a red-yellow solid (53% yield).
[00237] Preparation of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d] [l,3]dioxol-5-yl)- cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-t-butylbenzoate.
Figure imgf000069_0001
[00238] The crude acid chloride described above was dissolved in toluene (2.5 vol based on acid chloride) and added via addition funnel to a mixture of tert-butyl-3-(6-amino-3- methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate (1 eq), DMAP, (0.02 eq), and triethylamine (3.0 eq) in toluene (4 vol based on tert-butyl-3-(6-amino-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate). After 2 hours, water (4 vol based on tert-butyl-3-(6-amino-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoate) was added to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 30 minutes, the layers were separated. The organic phase was then filtered and concentrated to afford a thick oil of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l ,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-t-butylbenzoate (quantitative crude yield). Acetonitrile (3 vol based on crude product) was added and distilled until crystallization occurs. Water (2 vol based on crude product) was added and the mixture stirred for 2 h. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with 1 : 1 (by volume) acetonitrile/water (2 x 1 volumes based on crude product), and partially dried on the filter under vacuum. The solid was dried to a constant weight (<1% difference) in a vacuum oven at 60 °C with a slight N2 bleed to afford 3-(6-(l-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d] [ 1 ,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-t- butylbenzoate as a brown solid. [00239] Preparation of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d] [l,3]dioxol-5-yl)
cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid · HCL salt.
Figure imgf000070_0001
HCl
[00240] To a slurry of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l ,3]dioxol-5-yl)
cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-t-butylbenzoate (1.0 eq) in MeCN (3.0 vol) was added water (0.83 vol) followed by concentrated aqueous HCl (0.83 vol). The mixture was heated to 45 ± 5 °C. After stirring for 24 to 48 h, the reaction was complete, and the mixture was allowed to cool to ambient. Water (1.33 vol) was added and the mixture stirred. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (2 x 0.3 vol), and partially dried on the filter under vacuum. The solid was dried to a constant weight (<1% difference) in a vacuum oven at 60 °C with a slight N2 bleed to afford 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l ,3]dioxol-5-yl)
cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid · HCl as an off- white solid.
[00241] An 1HNMR spectrum of Compound 1 is shown in Figure 20 and Figure 21 depicts an 1HNMR spectrum of Compound 1 as an HCl salt.
[00242] Table 2 below recites the 1HNMR data for Compound I.
Table 2.
Figure imgf000070_0002
1.53-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.19-1.17 (m, 2H).
[00243] Preparation of Compound 1 Form I, Method A.
Figure imgf000071_0001
Form 1
[00244] A slurry of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)- 3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid · HC1 (1 eq) in water (10 vol) was stirred at ambient temperature. A sample was taken after stirring for 24 h. The sample was filtered and the solid was washed with water (2 times). The solid sample was submitted for DSC analysis. When DSC analysis indicated complete conversion to Form I, the solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (2 x 1.0 vol), and partially dried on a filter under vacuum. The solid was then dried to a constant weight (<1% difference) in a vacuum oven at 60 °C with a slight N2 bleed to afford Compound 1 Form I as an off-white solid (98% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 9.14 (s, 1H), 7.99-7.93 (m, 3H), 7.80-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.74-7.72 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.41- 7.33 (m, 2H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 1.53-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.19-1.17 (m, 2H).
[00245] Preparation of Compound 1 Form I, Method B.
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000072_0002
Form I
[00246] A solution of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difiuorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl)
cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-t-butylbenzoate (1.0 eq) in formic acid (3.0 vol) was heated with stirring to 70 ± 10 °C , for 8 h. The reaction was deemed complete when no more than 1.0% AUC by chromatographic methods of 3-(6-(l-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d] [ 1 ,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-t- butylbenzoate) remained. The mixture was allowed to cool to ambient. The solution was added to water (6 vol), heated at 50 °C, and the mixture was stirred. The mixture was then heated to 70 ± 10 °C until the level of 3-(6-(l-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl)
cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-t-butylbenzoate was no more than 0.8% (AUC). The solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (2 x 3 vol), and partially dried on the filter under vacuum. The solid was dried to a constant weight (<1% difference) in a vacuum oven at 60 °C with a slight N2 bleed to afford Compound 1 Form I as an off-white solid.
[00247] The DSC trace of Compound 1 Form I is shown in Figure 22. Melting for Compound 1 Form I occurs at about 204 °C.
[00248] An X-ray diffraction pattern was calculated from a single crystal structure of Compound 1 Form I and is shown in Figure 1. Table 3 lists the calculated peaks for Figure 1.
Table 3.
20 Artuie
I nlonsilN J " n | 11 14.41 48.2
8 14.64 58.8
1 15.23 100.0
2 16.11 94.7
3 17.67 81.9
7 19.32 61.3
4 21.67 76.5
5 23.40 68.7
9 23.99 50.8
6 26.10 67.4
10 28.54 50.1
[00249] An actual X-ray powder diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form I is shown in Figure 2. Table 4 lists the actual peaks for Figure 2.
Table 4.
Figure imgf000073_0001
9 21.59 36.6
10 23.32 34.8
11 24.93 26.4
8 25.99 36.9
[00250] Colorless crystals of Compound 1 Form I were obtained by cooling a concentrated 1- butanol solution from 75°C to 10 °C at a rate of 0.2 °C/min. A crystal with dimensions of 0.50 x 0.08 x 0.03 mm was selected, cleaned with mineral oil, mounted on a MicroMount and centered on a Bruker APEXU system. Three batches of 40 frames separated in reciprocal space were obtained to provide an orientation matrix and initial cell parameters. Final cell parameters were obtained and refined based on the full data set.
[00251] A diffraction data set of reciprocal space was obtained to a resolution of 0.82 A using 0.5° steps using 30 s exposure for each frame. Data were collected at 100 (2) K. Integration of intensities and refinement of cell parameters were accomplished using APEXII software.
Observation of the crystal after data collection showed no signs of decomposition.
[00252] A conformational picture of Compound 1 Form I based on single crystal X-ray analysis is shown in Figure 23. Compound 1 Form I is monoclinic, P2l/n, with the following unit cell dimensions: a=4.9626(7) A, b=12.299(2) A, c=33.075 (4) A, β=93.938(9)°, V=2014.0 A3, Z=4. Density of Compound 1 Form I calculated from structural data is 1.492 g/cm3 at 100 K.
[00253] Preparation of Compound 1 Form II from Compound 1 Form I.
[00254] Compound 1 Form I (approximately 30 mg) was slurried in 500 μΐ^ of an appropriate solvent (for example, methanol, ethanol, acetone, 2-propanol, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, methyl acetate, 2-butanone, ethyl formate, and -methyl tetrahydrofuran for two days. The slurry was then filitered centrifugally or under vacuum and was left to dry at ambient temperature overnight to yield Compound 1 Form II. [00255] The DSC trace of Compound 1 Form II Acetone Solvate is shown in Figure 15, showing two phase transitions. The melting point for Compound 1 Form II Acetone Solvate occurs at about 188 °C and 205 °C.
[00256] An actual X-ray powder diffraction pattern of Compound 1 Form II is shown in Figure 3. Table 5 lists the actual peaks for Figure 3 in descending order of relative intensity.
Table 5.
Figure imgf000075_0001
[00257] Conformational depictions of Compound 1 Form II Acetone Solvate based on single crystal X-ray analysis are shown in Figure 24. The stoichiometry between Compound 1 Form II and acetone is approximately 4.4: 1 (4.48: 1 calculated from 1H NMR; 4.38: 1 from X-ray). The crystal structure reveals a packing of the molecules where there are two voids or pockets per unit cell, or 1 void per host molecule. In the acetone solvate, approximately 92 percent of voids are occupied by acetone molecules. Compound 1 Form II is a monoclinic P2i/n space group with the following unit cell dimensions: a = 16.5235(10) A, b = 12.7425(8) A, c = 20.5512 (13) A, a = 90°, β = 103.736(4)°, γ = 90°, V = 4203.3(5) A3, = 4. The density of Compound 1 in
Compound 1 Form II calculated from structural data is 1.430/cm3 at 100 K.
[00258] A solid state 13C NMR spectrum of Compound 1 Form II Acetone Solvate is shown in Figure 25. Table 6 provides chemical shifts of the relevant peaks.
Table 6.
Figure imgf000076_0001
[00259] A solid state F NMR spectrum of Compound 1 Form II Acetone Solvate is shown in Figure 26. Peaks with an asterisk denote spinning side bands. Table 7 provides chemical shifts of the relevant peaks.
Table 7.
Figure imgf000076_0002
#
1 -41 .6 12.5
2 -46.4 6.77
3 -51 .4 9.05
[00260] Preparation of Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A.
[00261] Colorless crystals of Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A were obtained by slow evaporation from a concentrated solution of the HC1 salt of Compound 1 in ethanol. A crystal with dimensions of 0.30 x \Ι5χ 0.15 mm was selected, cleaned using mineral oil, mounted on a MicroMount and centered on a Bruker APEXil diffractometer. Three batches of 40 frames separated in reciprocal space were obtained to provide an orientation matrix and initial cell parameters. Final cell parameters were obtained and refined based on the full data set.
[00262] Figure 18 provides a conformational image of Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A as a dimer, based on single crystal analysis. An X-ray diffraction pattern of Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A calculated from the crystal structure is shown in Figure 27. Table 8 contains the calculated peaks for Figure 27 in descending order of relative intensity.
Table 8.
Figure imgf000077_0001
16.55 13.30
9.54 10.10
16.55 13.30
Exemplary Oral Pharmaceutical Formulations Comprising Compound 1
[00263] A tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 9 for Exemplary Tablet 1A comprising lOOmg of API, i.e. Compound 1 Form I. Exemplary Tablet 1A (formulated to have 100 mg of Compound 1) is prepared using a dry roller compaction device formulation process. In Table 9, grades/brands were microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PHI 02; mannitol: Pearlitol SD 100; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; and colloidal silica: Cabosil.
Table 9.
Figure imgf000078_0001
[00264] A tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 10 for Exemplary Tablet IB comprising lOOmg of API, i.e. Compound 1 Form I. Exemplary Tablet IB (formulated to have 100 mg of Compound 1 Form I) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process. In Table 10, grades/brands were as follows. High Shear Granule Blend - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PHlOl ; mannitol: Pearlitol C50; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; polyvinylpyrrolidone: Kollidon PVP K30; and in the Tablet Composition - croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol.
Table 10.
Figure imgf000079_0001
[00265] A tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 1 1 for Exemplary Tablet 1C comprising l OOmg of API, i.e. crystalline Compound 1 Form I.
Exemplary Tablet 1C (formulated to have 100 mg of crystalline Compound 1 Form I) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process. In Table 1 1 , grades/brands were as follows. High Shear Granule Blend - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PHlOl ; mannitol: Pearlitol C50; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; polyvinylpyrrolidone: KoUidon PVP K30; and in the Tablet Composition - croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol.
Table 11.
Figure imgf000080_0001
[00266] A tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 12 for Exemplary Tablet ID comprising 200mg of API, i.e. crystalline Compound 1 Form I.
Exemplary Tablet ID (formulated to have 200 mg of crystalline Compound 1 Form I) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process. In Table 12, grades/brands were as follows. High Shear Granule Blend - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PH101 ; mannitol:
Pearlitol C50; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; polyvinylpyrrolidone: KoUidon PVP K30; and in the Tablet Composition - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PH200; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; and magnesium stearate: 5712. Table 12.
Figure imgf000081_0001
[00267] A tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 13 for Exemplary Tablet IE comprising 200 mg of API, i.e. crystalline Compound 1 Form I.
Exemplary Tablet IE (formulated to have 200 mg of crystalline Compound 1 Form I) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process. In Table 13, grades/brands were as follows. High Shear Granule Blend - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PHlOl ; mannitol: Pearlitol C50; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; polyvinylpyrrolidone: Kollidon PVP K30; and in the Core Tablet Composition - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PH200; croscarmellose sodium:
Acdisol; and magnesium stearate: 5712; and in the film coat - film coat: Opadry II; wax:
Carnauba. Table 13.
Figure imgf000082_0002
Figure imgf000082_0001
[00268] A tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 14 for Exemplary Tablet IF comprising 200 mg of API, i.e. crystalline Compound 1 Form I.
Exemplary Tablet IF (formulated to have 200 mg of crystalline Compound 1 Form I) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process. In Table 14, grades/brands were as follows. High Shear Granule Blend - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PHlOl ; mannitol: Pearlitol C50; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; polyvinylpyrrolidone: Kollidon PVP K30; and in the Core Tablet Composition - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PH200; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; and magnesium stearate: 5712; and in the film coat - film coat: Opadry II; wax: Carnauba.
Table 14.
Figure imgf000083_0001
[00269] A tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 15 for Exemplary Tablet 1G comprising 100 mg of API, i.e. crystalline Compound 1 Form I.
Exemplary Tablet 1G (formulated to have 100 mg of crystalline Compound 1 Form I) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process. In Table 15, grades/brands were as follows. High Shear Granule Blend - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PH101; mannitol:
Pearlitol C50; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; polyvinylpyrrolidone: KoUidon PVP K30; and in the Tablet Composition - croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol.
Table 15.
Figure imgf000084_0001
[00270] A tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 16 for Exemplary Tablet 1H comprising 100 mg of API, i.e. crystalline Compound 1 Form I or Form II. Exemplary Tablet 1H (formulated to have 100 mg of crystalline Compound 1 Form I or Form II) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process. In Table 16, grades/brands were as follows. High Shear Granule Blend - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PH101 ; mannitol: Pearlitol C50; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; polyvinylpyrrolidone: KoUidon PVP K30; and in the Core Tablet Composition - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PH200; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; and magnesium stearate: 5712.
Table 16.
H igh Shear ji iui k- Blend (%w/w)
Compound 1 Form I or Form II 61
Microcrystalline cellulose 20.3
Mannitol 13.2
Croscarmellose Sodium 2
Polyvinylpyrrolidone 2.7
Sodium Lauryl Sulfate 0.7
Tabid Compo iion
( 100 m d sv.*. I 1)? nisi imaue)
High Shear Granule Blend 83
Microcrystalline cellulose 14
Croscarmellose Sodium 2
Magnesium Stearate 1
[00271] A tablet was prepared with the components and amounts listed in Table 17 for Exemplary Tablet II comprising 100 mg of API, i.e. crystalline Compound 1 Form I or Form II. Exemplary Tablet II (formulated to have 100 mg of crystalline Compound 1 Form I or Form II) is prepared using a wet high shear granule formulation process. In Table 17, grades/brands were as follows. High Shear Granule Blend - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PH101 ; mannitol: Pearlitol C50; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; polyvinylpyrrolidone: KoUidon PVP K30; and in the Core Tablet Composition - microcrystalline cellulose: Avicel PH200; croscarmellose sodium: Acdisol; and magnesium stearate: 5712. Table 17.
Figure imgf000086_0002
Figure imgf000086_0001
[00272] Tablet Formation from Roller Compaction Granule Composition
[00273] Equipment/Process
[00274] Equipment
Roller Compactors: Alexanderwerk WP 120, Vector TF-Mini, or Vector TF-Labo. [00275] Screening/Weighing
[00276] Compound 1 and excipients may be screened prior to or after weigh-out. Appropriate screen sizes are mesh 20, mesh 40, or mesh 60. Compound 1 may be pre-blended with one or more of the excipients to simplify screening. [00277] Blendine
[00278] Compound 1 and excipients may be added to the blender in different order. The blending may be performed in a Turbula blender or a v-shell blender. The components may be blended for 10 minutes without lubricant followed by additional blending with lubricant for 3 minutes.
[00279] Roller Compaction
[00280] The blend may be roller compacted in ribbons and milled into granules using an Alexanderwerk WP 120. The rolls used may be the 25 mm rolls using a compaction pressure of 18 to 50 bar, a roller speed of 3 to 12 RPM, and a screw feeder speed of 20 to 80 RPM. The screen sizes of the integrated mill may be 2 mm for the top screen and 0.8 mm for the bottom screen.
[00281] Blending
[00282] The roller compacted granules may be blended with extra-granular excipients such as fillers and lubricant using a V-shell blender. The blending time may be 5, 3 or 1 minute(s).
[00283] Compression
[00284] The compression blend has been compressed into tablets using a single station Riva MiniPress with 10 mm tooling. The weight of the tablets for a 100 mg dose may be about 200, 250, or 300 mg.
[00285] Film Coating
[00286] Tablets may be film coated using a pan coater, such as, for example an O'Hara Labcoat.
[00287] Printing
[00288] Film coated tablets may be printed with a monogram on one or both tablet faces with, for example, a Hartnett Delta printer. [00289] Tablet Formation from High Shear Granule Composition
[00290] Equipment/Process
[00291] Equipment
Granulator: Procept MiPro with a 250 ml or 1 L granulation bowl.
[00292] Screening/Weighing
[00293] Compound 1 and excipients may be screened prior to or after weigh-out. Possible screen sizes are mesh 20, mesh 40, or mesh 60. Compound 1 may be pre-blended with one or more of the excipients to simplify screening.
[00294] Granulation Operation
Granulation Fluid - SLS and binder are added to purified water and mixed until dissolved. A suitable ratio is 2.5% w/w SLS and 10.0% w/w PVP K30 in water.
Granulation - The excipients and compound 1 are added to the granulation bowl. The order of addition may be Compound 1 , disintegrant, diluent, and filler. The components may be mixed in the 250 ml bowl for 1 minute at impeller speed 1000 RPM and chopper speed 1000 RPM. Granulation may be performed at an impeller speed of 2000 RPM with a chopper speed of 4000 RPM while adding the granulation fluid with a syringe pump at 1.5 to 4.5 g/min. The fluid addition time may be 4 to 12 minutes. After the required binder fluid is added, the granules may be wet-massed for about 10 seconds to about 1 minute. One notable advantage of the present high shear granulation process is using a granulation fluid that comprises both a surfactant and the binder for better granulation through increased wettability. In one embodiment, the surfactant is SLS.
[00295] Drying
[00296] The granules may be dried using a vacuum oven, tray dryer, bi-conical dryer, or fluid bed drier. The granules have been dried using a vacuum oven with a nitrogen purge.
[00297] Blending
[00298] The granules may be blended with extra-granular excipients. The granules have been blended with extra-granular disintegrant, diluent, filler, and lubricant. The granules have been blended using the Turbula blender for 3 minutes pre-lubricant and 1 minute with lubricant. A larger scale blender such as a 4-quart V-shell blender may be used.
[00299] Compression
[00300] The compression blend has been compressed into tablets using a single station Riva MiniPress with 8 mm, or 10 mm tooling. The weight of the tablets for a 100 mg dose may be about 160, 200, or 250 mg.
[00301] Film Coatins
[00302] Tablets may be film coated using a pan coater, such as, for example an O'Hara Labcoat.
[00303] Printing
[00304] Film coated tablets may be printed with a monogram on one or both tablet faces with, for example, a Hartnett Delta printer.
[00305] Dosing Administration Schedule
[00306] In another aspect, the invention relates to a method of treating a CFTR mediated disease in a subject comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition provided by the invention. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is administered to the subject once every two weeks. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is administered to the subject once a week. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is administered to the subject once every three days. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is administered to the subject once a day. In one embodiment, when the pharmaceutical composition is a tablet according to Table 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, or 17 dosing is once a day.
ASSAYS
[00307] Assays for Detecting and Measuring AF508-CFTR Correction Properties of Compounds
[00308] Membrane potential optical methods for assaying AF508-CFTR modulation properties of compounds. [00309] The optical membrane potential assay utilized voltage-sensitive FRET sensors described by Gonzalez and Tsien {See Gonzalez, J. E. and R. Y. Tsien (1995) "Voltage sensing by fluorescence resonance energy transfer in single cells" Biophys J 69(4): 1272-80, and Gonzalez, J. E. and R. Y. Tsien (1997) "Improved indicators of cell membrane potential that use fluorescence resonance energy transfer" Chem Biol 4(4): 269-77) in combination with instrumentation for measuring fluorescence changes such as the Voltage/Ion Probe Reader (VIPR) (See, Gonzalez, J. E., K. Oades, et al. (1999) "Cell-based assays and instrumentation for screening ion-channel targets" Drug Discov Today 4(9): 431-439).
[00310] These voltage sensitive assays are based on the change in fluorescence resonant energy transfer (FRET) between the membrane-soluble, voltage-sensitive dye, DiSBAC2(3), and a fluorescent phospholipid, CC2-DMPE, which is attached to the outer leaflet of the plasma membrane and acts as a FRET donor. Changes in membrane potential (Vm) cause the negatively charged DiSBAC2(3) to redistribute across the plasma membrane and the amount of energy transfer from CC2-DMPE changes accordingly. The changes in fluorescence emission were monitored using VIPR™ II, which is an integrated liquid handler and fluorescent detector designed to conduct cell-based screens in 96- or 384-well microtiter plates.
1. Identification of Correction Compounds
[00311] To identify small molecules that correct the trafficking defect associated with AF508- CFTR; a single-addition HTS assay format was developed. The cells were incubated in serum- free medium for 16 hrs at 37 °C in the presence or absence (negative control) of test compound. As a positive control, cells plated in 384-well plates were incubated for 16 hrs at 27 °C to "temperature-correct" AF508-CFTR. The cells were subsequently rinsed 3X with Krebs Ringers solution and loaded with the voltage-sensitive dyes. To activate AF508-CFTR, 10 μΜ forskolin and the CFTR potentiator, genistein (20 μΜ), were added along with Cl -free medium to each well. The addition of Cl -free medium promoted CI" efflux in response to AF508-CFTR activation and the resulting membrane depolarization was optically monitored using the FRET- based voltage-sensor dyes. 2. Identification of Potentiator Compounds
[00312] To identify potentiators of AF508-CFTR, a double-addition HTS assay format was developed. During the first addition, a Cl -free medium with or without test compound was added to each well. After 22 sec, a second addition of Cl -free medium containing 2 - 10 μΜ forskolin was added to activate AF508-CFTR. The extracellular CI" concentration following both additions was 28 mM, which promoted CI" efflux in response to AF508-CFTR activation and the resulting membrane depolarization was optically monitored using the FRET -based voltage-sensor dyes.
3. Solutions
[00313] Bath Solution #1 : (in mM) NaCl 160, KC1 4.5, CaCl2 2, MgCl2 1, HEPES 10, pH 7.4 with NaOH.
[00314] Chloride-free bath solution: Chloride salts in Bath Solution #1 are substituted with gluconate salts.
[00315] CC2-DMPE: Prepared as a 10 mM stock solution in DMSO and stored at -20°C. DiSBAC2(3): Prepared as a 10 mM stock in DMSO and stored at -20°C.
4. Cell Culture
[00316] NIH3T3 mouse fibroblasts stably expressing AF508-CFTR are used for optical measurements of membrane potential. The cells are maintained at 37 °C in 5% C02 and 90 % humidity in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium supplemented with 2 mM glutamine, 10 % fetal bovine serum, 1 X NEAA, β-ΜΕ, 1 X pen/strep, and 25 mM HEPES in 175 cm2 culture flasks. For all optical assays, the cells were seeded at 30,000/well in 384-well matrigel-coated plates and cultured for 2 hrs at 37 °C before culturing at 27 °C for 24 hrs for the potentiator assay. For the correction assays, the cells are cultured at 27 °C or 37 °C with and without compounds for 16 - 24 hours. [00317] Electrophysiological Assays for assaying AF508-CFTR modulation properties of compounds
1. Ussing Chamber Assay
[00318] Using chamber experiments were performed on polarized epithelial cells expressing AF508-CFTR to further characterize the AF508-CFTR modulators identified in the optical assays, pR7AF508-CFTR epithelial cells grown on Costar Snapwell cell culture inserts were mounted in an Ussing chamber (Physiologic Instruments, Inc., San Diego, CA), and the monolayers were continuously short-circuited using a Voltage-clamp System (Department of Bioengineering, University of Iowa, IA, and, Physiologic Instruments, Inc., San Diego, CA). Transepithelial resistance was measured by applying a 2-mV pulse. Under these conditions, the FRT epithelia demonstrated resistances of 4 ΚΩ/ cm2 or more. The solutions were maintained at 27 °C and bubbled with air. The electrode offset potential and fluid resistance were corrected using a cell-free insert. Under these conditions, the current reflects the flow of CI" through AF508-CFTR expressed in the apical membrane. The Isc was digitally acquired using an MP100A-CE interface and AcqKnowledge software (v3.2.6; BIOPAC Systems, Santa Barbara, CA).
2. Identification of Correction Compounds
[00319] Typical protocol utilized a basolateral to apical membrane CI" concentration gradient. To set up this gradient, normal ringer was used on the basolateral membrane, whereas apical NaCl was replaced by equimolar sodium gluconate (titrated to pH 7.4 with NaOH) to give a large CI" concentration gradient across the epithelium. All experiments were performed with intact monolayers. To fully activate AF508-CFTR, forskolin (10 μΜ) and the PDE inhibitor, IBMX (100 μΜ), were applied followed by the addition of the CFTR potentiator, genistein (50 μΜ).
[00320] As observed in other cell types, incubation at low temperatures of FRT cells stably expressing AF508-CFTR increases the functional density of CFTR in the plasma membrane. To determine the activity of correction compounds, the cells were incubated with 10 μΜ of the test compound for 24 hours at 37°C and were subsequently washed 3X prior to recording. The cAMP- and genistein-mediated Isc in compound-treated cells was normalized to the 27°C and 37°C controls and expressed as percentage activity. Preincubation of the cells with the correction compound significantly increased the cAMP- and genistein-mediated Isc compared to the 37°C controls.
3. Identification of Potentiator Compounds
[00321] Typical protocol utilized a basolateral to apical membrane CI" concentration gradient. To set up this gradient, normal ringers was used on the basolateral membrane and was permeabilized with nystatin (360 μg/ml), whereas apical NaCl was replaced by equimolar sodium gluconate (titrated to pH 7.4 with NaOH) to give a large CI" concentration gradient across the epithelium. All experiments were performed 30 min after nystatin permeabilization. Forskolin (10 μΜ) and all test compounds were added to both sides of the cell culture inserts. The efficacy of the putative AF508-CFTR potentiators was compared to that of the known potentiator, genistein.
4. Solutions
[00322] Basolateral solution (in mM): NaCl (135), CaCl2 (1.2), MgCl2 (1.2), K2HP04 (2.4), KHP04 (0.6), N-2-hydroxyethylpiperazine-N'-2-ethanesulfonic acid (HEPES) (10), and dextrose (10). The solution was titrated to pH 7.4 with NaOH.
[00323] Apical solution (in mM): Same as basolateral solution with NaCl replaced with Na Gluconate (135).
5. Cell Culture
[00324] Fisher rat epithelial (FRT) cells expressing AF508-CFTR (FRT AF508-CFTR^ WERG USED for Ussing chamber experiments for the putative AF508-CFTR modulators identified from our optical assays. The cells were cultured on Costar Snapwell cell culture inserts and cultured for five days at 37 °C and 5% C02 in Coon's modified Ham's F-12 medium supplemented with 5% fetal calf serum, 100 U/ml penicillin, and 100 μg/ml streptomycin. Prior to use for
characterizing the potentiator activity of compounds, the cells were incubated at 27 °C for 16 - 48 hrs to correct for the AF508-CFTR. To determine the activity of corrections compounds, the cells were incubated at 27 °C or 37 °C with and without the compounds for 24 hours. 6. Whole-cell recordings
[00325] The macroscopic AF508-CFTR current (IAFSOS) in temperature- and test compound- corrected NIH3T3 cells stably expressing AF508-CFTR were monitored using the perforated- patch, whole-cell recording. Briefly, voltage-clamp recordings of sos were performed at room temperature using an Axopatch 200B patch-clamp amplifier (Axon Instruments Inc., Foster City, CA). All recordings were acquired at a sampling frequency of 10 kHz and low-pass filtered at 1 kHz. Pipettes had a resistance of 5 - 6 ΜΩ when filled with the intracellular solution. Under these recording conditions, the calculated reversal potential for CI" (EQ) at room temperature was -28 mV. All recordings had a seal resistance > 20 GQ and a series resistance < 15 ΜΩ. Pulse generation, data acquisition, and analysis were performed using a PC equipped with a Digidata 1320 A/D interface in conjunction with Clampex 8 (Axon Instruments Inc.). The bath contained < 250 μΐ of saline and was continuously perifused at a rate of 2 ml/min using a gravity-driven perfusion system,
7. Identification of Correction Compounds
[00326] To determine the activity of correction compounds for increasing the density of functional AF508-CFTR in the plasma membrane, we used the above-described perforated- patch-recording techniques to measure the current density following 24-hr treatment with the correction compounds. To fully activate AF508-CFTR, 10 μΜ forskolin and 20 μΜ genistein were added to the cells. Under our recording conditions, the current density following 24-hr incubation at 27°C was higher than that observed following 24-hr incubation at 37 °C. These results are consistent with the known effects of low-temperature incubation on the density of AF508-CFTR in the plasma membrane. To determine the effects of correction compounds on CFTR current density, the cells were incubated with 10 μΜ of the test compound for 24 hours at 37°C and the current density was compared to the 27°C and 37°C controls (% activity). Prior to recording, the cells were washed 3X with extracellular recording medium to remove any remaining test compound. Preincubation with 10 μΜ of correction compounds significantly increased the cAMP- and genistein-dependent current compared to the 37°C controls. 8. Identification of Potentiator Compounds
[00327] The ability of AF508-CFTR potentiators to increase the macroscopic AF508-CFTR CI" current (IAFSOS) in NIH3T3 cells stably expressing AF508-CFTR was also investigated using perforated-patch-recording techniques. The potentiators identified from the optical assays evoked a dose-dependent increase in IAFSOS with similar potency and efficacy observed in the optical assays. In all cells examined, the reversal potential before and during potentiator application was around -30 mV, which is the calculated EQ (-28 mV).
9. Solutions
[00328] Intracellular solution (in mM): Cs-aspartate (90), CsCl (50), MgCl2 (1), HEPES (10), and 240 μg/ml amphotericin-B (pH adjusted to 7.35 with CsOH).
[00329] Extracellular solution (in mM): N-methyl-D-glucamine (NMDG)-Cl (150), MgCl2 (2), CaCl2 (2), HEPES (10) (pH adjusted to 7.35 with HC1).
10. Cell Culture
[00330] NIH3T3 mouse fibroblasts stably expressing AF508-CFTR are used for whole-cell recordings. The cells are maintained at 37 °C in 5% C02 and 90 % humidity in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium supplemented with 2 mM glutamine, 10 % fetal bovine serum, 1 X NEAA, β-ΜΕ, 1 X pen/strep, and 25 mM HEPES in 175 cm2 culture flasks. For whole-cell recordings, 2,500 - 5,000 cells were seeded on poly-L-lysine-coated glass coverslips and cultured for 24 - 48 hrs at 27 °C before use to test the activity of potentiators; and incubated with or without the correction compound at 37 °C for measuring the activity of correctors.
11. Single-channel recordings
[00331] The single-channel activities of temperature-corrected AF508-CFTR stably expressed in NIH3T3 cells and activities of potentiator compounds were observed using excised inside-out membrane patch. Briefly, voltage-clamp recordings of single-channel activity were performed at room temperature with an Axopatch 200B patch-clamp amplifier (Axon Instruments Inc.). All recordings were acquired at a sampling frequency of 10 kHz and low-pass filtered at 400 Hz. Patch pipettes were fabricated from Corning Kovar Sealing #7052 glass (World Precision Instruments, Inc., Sarasota, FL) and had a resistance of 5 - 8 ΜΩ when filled with the extracellular solution. The AF508-CFTR was activated after excision, by adding 1 mM Mg- ATP, and 75 nM of the cAMP-dependent protein kinase, catalytic subunit (PKA; Promega Corp. Madison, WI). After channel activity stabilized, the patch was perifused using a gravity-driven microperfusion system. The inflow was placed adjacent to the patch, resulting in complete solution exchange within 1 - 2 sec. To maintain AF508-CFTR activity during the rapid perifusion, the nonspecific phosphatase inhibitor F" (10 mM NaF) was added to the bath solution. Under these recording conditions, channel activity remained constant throughout the duration of the patch recording (up to 60 min). Currents produced by positive charge moving from the intra- to extracellular solutions (anions moving in the opposite direction) are shown as positive currents. The pipette potential (Vp) was maintained at 80 mV.
[00332] Channel activity was analyzed from membrane patches containing≤ 2 active channels. The maximum number of simultaneous openings determined the number of active channels during the course of an experiment. To determine the single-channel current amplitude, the data recorded from 120 sec of AF508-CFTR activity was filtered "off-line" at 100 Hz and then used to construct all-point amplitude histograms that were fitted with multigaussian functions using Bio-Patch Analysis software (Bio-Logic Comp. France). The total microscopic current and open probability (P0) were determined from 120 sec of channel activity. The P0 was determined using the Bio-Patch software or from the relationship P0 = I/i(N), where I = mean current, i = single- channel current amplitude, and N = number of active channels in patch.
12. Solutions
[00333] Extracellular solution (in mM): NMDG (150), aspartic acid (150), CaCl2 (5), MgCl2 (2), and HEPES (10) (pH adjusted to 7.35 with Tris base).
[00334] Intracellular solution (in mM): NMDG-C1 (150), MgCl2 (2), EGTA (5), TES (10), and Tris base (14) (pH adjusted to 7.35 with HC1).
13. Cell Culture
[00335] NIH3T3 mouse fibroblasts stably expressing AF508-CFTR are used for excised- membrane patch-clamp recordings. The cells are maintained at 37 °C in 5% C02 and 90 % humidity in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium supplemented with 2 mM glutamine, 10 % fetal bovine serum, 1 X NEAA, β-ΜΕ, 1 X pen/strep, and 25 mM HEPES in 175 cm2 culture flasks. For single channel recordings, 2,500 - 5,000 cells were seeded on poly-L-lysine-coated glass coverslips and cultured for 24 - 48 hrs at 27 °C before use.
[00336] Using the procedures described above, the activity, i.e., EC50s, of Compound 1 has been measured and is shown in Table 18.
Table 18.
Figure imgf000097_0001
OTHER EMBODIMENTS
[00337] All publications and patents referred to in this disclosure are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication or patent application were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. Should the meaning of the terms in any of the patents or publications incorporated by reference conflict with the meaning of the terms used in this disclosure, the meaning of the terms in this disclosure are intended to be controlling. Furthermore, the foregoing discussion discloses and describes merely exemplary embodiments of the invention. One skilled in the art will readily recognize from such discussion and from the accompanying drawings and claims, that various changes, modifications and variations can be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention as defined in the following claims.

Claims

1. A tablet for oral administration comprising:
a. Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A;
b a filler;
c. a diluent; d, a disintegrant;
e. a surfactant;
f. a lubricant; and g at least one of a binder and a glidant.
2. The tablet of claim 1, wherein Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A is present in the tablet in an amount ranging from about 25 mg to about 250 mg.
3. The tablet of claim 1 or 2, wherein the amount of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A in the tablet ranges from about 15 wt% to about 75 wt% by weight of the tablet.
4. The tablet of claim 3, wherein the amount of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A in the tablet ranges from about 20 wt% to about 45 wt% by weight of the tablet.
5. The tablet of claim 4, wherein the amount of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A in the tablet ranges from about 40 wt% to about 60 wt% by weight of the tablet.
6. The tablet of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the filler is selected from cellulose, modified cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose hydroxymethyl cellulose,
hydroxypropylcellulose, cellulose acetate, microcrystalline cellulose, dibasic calcium phosphate, sucrose, lactose, corn starch, potato starch, or any combination thereof.
7. The tablet of claim 6, wherein the filler is microcrystalline cellulose (MCC) and is present in the tablet in an amount ranging from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% by weight of the tablet.
8. The tablet of any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the diluent is selected from lactose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose, calcium phosphate, starch, sugar or any combination thereof.
9. The tablet of claim 8, wherein the diluent is mannitol and is present in the tablet in an amount ranging from about 1 wt% to about 30 wt% by weight of the tablet.
10. The tablet of any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the disintegrant is selected from agar-agar, algins, calcium carbonate, carboxmethylcellulose, cellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, low substituted hydroxypropylcellulose, clays, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, gums, magnesium aluminum silicate, methylcellulose, polacrilin potassium, sodium alginate, sodium starch glycolate, maize starch, potato starch, tapioca starch, or any combination thereof.
11. The tablet of claim 10, wherein the disintegrant is croscarmellose sodium and is present in the tablet at a concentration of 5 wt% or less by weight of the tablet.
12. The tablet of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the surfactant is selected from sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium stearyl fumerate, polyoxyethylene 20 sorbitan mono-oleate, or any combination thereof.
13. The tablet of claim 12, wherein the surfactant is sodium lauryl sulfate and has a
concentration of about 5 wt% or less by weight of the tablet.
14. The tablet of any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the glidant is selected from colloidal silicon dioxide, talc, corn starch, or a combination thereof.
15. The tablet of claim 14, wherein the glidant is colloidal silicon dioxide and has a
concentration of 5 wt% or less by weight of the tablet.
16. The tablet of any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the binder is selected from
polyvinylpyrrolidone, dibasic calcium phosphate, sucrose, corn starch, modified cellulose, or any combination thereof.
17. The tablet of claim 16, wherein the binder is polyvinylpyrrolidone and has a concentration of less than 10 wt% by weight of the tablet.
18. The tablet of any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein the lubricant is selected from magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, sodium stearate, stearic acid, aluminum stearate, leucine, glyceryl behenate, hydrogenated vegetable oil or any combination thereof.
19. The tablet of claim 18, wherein the lubricant is magnesium stearate and has a concentration of less than 5 wt% by weight of the tablet.
20. The tablet of any one of claims 1 to 19, wherein the tablet further comprises a colorant.
21. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a plurality of granules, the composition comprising:
a. Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A in an amount ranging from about 20 wt% to about 80 wt% by weight of the composition;
b. a filler in an amount ranging from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% by weight of the composition of a filler;
c. a disintegrant in an amount ranging from a from about 1 wt% to about 5 wt% by weight of the composition;
d. a surfactant in an amount ranging from about 2 wt% to about 0.3 wt% by weight of the composition;
e. a diluent in an amount ranging from about 1 wt% to about 30 wt% by weight of the composition;
f. a lubricant in an amount ranging from about 0.3 wt% to about 5 wt% by weight of the composition; and
g. at least one of a binder in an amount from about 20 wt% to about 45 wt% by
weight of the composition or a glidant in an amount ranging from about 0.05 wt% to about 2 wt% by weight of the composition.
22. A tablet comprising:
a. Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A in an amount ranging from about 25 mg to about 250 mg; b. a filler;
c. a diluent;
d. a disintegrant;
e. a surfactant;
f. a lubricant; and
g. at least one of a binder and a glidant. A tablet of the following formulation:
Figure imgf000101_0001
A tablet of the following formulation:
Figure imgf000101_0002
Figure imgf000102_0001
A tablet of the following formulation:
Figure imgf000102_0002
Croscarmellose Sodium 2.0
0.5
Magnesium Stearate
A tablet of the following formulation:
Figure imgf000103_0001
A tablet of the following formulation:
High Shear Gnmufe Bicad f»g
Compound 1 Form I 200
Microcrystalline cellulose 66
Figure imgf000104_0001
A tablet of the following formulation:
Figure imgf000104_0002
Figure imgf000105_0001
A tablet of the following formulation:
H i 11 Shear ( iraiuil
Compound 1 Form I 70
Microcrystalline cellulose 12
Mannitol 1 1
Croscarmellose Sodium
Polyvinylpyrrolidone
Sodium Lauryl Sulfate 1
25-40%
Water (removed during drying)
solids
ill 14" mg inntge ) High Shear Granule Blend
97.5
Croscarmellose Sodium 2.0
0.5
Magnesium Stearate
A tablet of the following formulation:
Figure imgf000106_0001
31. A tablet of the following formulation:
High Shear Granule Bicad rag
Compound 1 Form I or Form II 100
Microcrystalline cellulose 33.3
Mannitol 21.7
Figure imgf000107_0001
A pharmaceutical composition suitable for oral administration comprising:
a. Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A in an amount ranging from about 20 wt% to about 80 wt% by weight of the composition;
b. a filler comprising microcrystalline cellulose in an amount ranging from about 20 wt% to about 50 wt% by weight of the composition;
c. a disintegrant comprising sodium croscarmellose sodium in an amount ranging from about 1 wt% to about 5 wt% by weight of the composition;
d. a surfactant comprising sodium lauryl sulfate in an amount ranging from about 2 wt% to about 0.3 wt% by weight of the composition;
e. a diluent comprising mannitol in an amount ranging from about 1 wt% to about 30 wt% by weight of the composition;
f. a lubricant comprising magnesium stearate in an amount ranging from about 0.3 wt% to about 5 wt% by weight of the composition; and
g. at least one of: a binder comprising polyvinylpyrrolidone in an amount ranging from about 0.1 wt% to about 5 wt% by weight of the composition and a glidant comprising colloidal silica in an amount ranging from about 0.05 wt% to about 2 wt% by weight of the composition.
33. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 32, further comprising about 0.4 wt% of colorant by weight of the composition.
34. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 32, wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises a plurality of granules.
35. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 34, wherein the plurality of granules have a mean or average particle diameter ranging from 100 μιη to about 2 mm.
36. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 35, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is a tablet.
37. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 36, wherein the tablet comprises a coating.
38. The pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 32 to 37, wherein the pharmaceutical composition further comprises at least one additional therapeutic agent.
39. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 88, wherein the additional therapeutic agent is a CFTR modulator.
40. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 39, wherein the CFTR modulator is a CFTR potentiator.
41. A dosage unit form comprising:
a. about 30 wt% of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A by weight of the composition;
b. about 42 wt% of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition;
c. about 21 wt% of mannitol by weight of the composition;
d. about 3 wt% of sodium croscarmellose sodium by weight of the composition; e. about 1 wt% of sodium lauryl sulfate by weight of the composition;
f. about 2.5 wt% of magnesium stearate by weight of the composition; and g. about 0.5 wt% of colloidal silica by weight of the composition.
42. A dosage unit form comprising
a. about 50 wt% of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A;
b. about 30 wt% of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition;
c. about 13 wt% of mannitol by weight of the composition;
d. about 2 wt% of sodium croscarmellose sodium by weight of the composition; e. about 4 wt% of polyvinylpyrrolidone by weight of the composition;
f. about 1 wt% of sodium lauryl sulfate by weight of the composition; and g. about 0.5 wt% of magnesium stearate by weight of the composition.
43. A dosage unit form comprising a. about 60 wt% of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A;
b. about 20 wt% of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition;
c. about 13 wt% of mannitol by weight of the composition;
d. about 2 wt% of sodium croscarmellose sodium by weight of the composition; e. about 4 wt% of polyvinylpyrrolidone by weight of the composition;
f. about 1 wt% of sodium lauryl sulfate by weight of the composition; and g. about 0.5 wt% of magnesium stearate by weight of the composition.
44. A dosage unit form comprising a. about 60 wt% of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A;
b. about 34 wt% of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition;
c. about 13 wt% of mannitol by weight of the composition;
d. about 4 wt% of sodium croscarmellose sodium by weight of the composition; e. about 4 wt% of polyvinylpyrrolidone by weight of the composition; f. about 1 wt% of sodium lauryl sulfate by weight of the composition; and g. about 1.5 wt% of magnesium stearate by weight of the composition.
45. A dosage unit form comprising
a. about 150 to 250 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A;
b. about 40 to 50 mg of mannitol;
c. about 120 to 130 mg of microcrystalline cellulose;
d. about 10 to 20 mg of croscarmellose sodium;
e. about 10 to 20 mg of polyvinylpyrrolidone;
f. about 1 to 5 mg of sodium lauryl sulfate; and
g. about 1 to 5 mg of magnesium stearate.
46. A dosage unit form comprising
a. about 200 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A;
b. about 43 mg of mannitol;
c. about 123 mg of microcrystalline cellulose;
d. about 15 mg of croscarmellose sodium;
e. about 13 mg of polyvinylpyrrolidone;
f. about 3 mg of sodium lauryl sulfate; and
g. about 4 mg of magnesium stearate.
47. A dosage unit form comprising
a. about 70 wt% of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A;
b. about 12 wt% of microcrystalline cellulose by weight of the composition;
c. about 11 wt% of mannitol by weight of the composition; d. about 2 wt% of sodium croscarmellose sodium by weight of the composition; e. about 4 wt% of polyvinylpyrrolidone by weight of the composition;
f. about 1 wt% of sodium lauryl sulfate by weight of the composition; and g. about 0.5 wt% of magnesium stearate by weight of the composition.
48. The tablet, pharmaceutical composition, or dosage unit form of any one of claims 1 to 47, wherein Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A has a particle size of 0.1 microns to 50 microns.
49. The tablet, pharmaceutical composition, or dosage unit form of any one of claims 1 to 47, wherein Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A has a particle size of 0.1 microns to 20 microns.
50. The tablet, pharmaceutical composition, or dosage unit form of any one of claims 1 to 47, wherein Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A has a particle size of 0.1 microns to 10 microns.
51. The tablet, pharmaceutical composition, or dosage unit form of any one of claims 1 to 47, wherein Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A has a particle size of 1.0 microns to 5 microns.
52. The tablet, pharmaceutical composition, or dosage unit form of any one of claims 1 to 47, wherein Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A has a particle size D50 of 2.0 microns.
53. A method of producing a pharmaceutical composition comprising the steps of: combining a therapeutically effective amount of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A and at least one granulation excipient selected from the group consisting of: a binder; a glidant; a surfactant; a lubricant; a disintegrant; a filler, a diluent and combinations thereof to form an admixture; mixing the admixture; and compacting the admixture to form the pharmaceutical composition.
54. The method of claim 53, wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises a plurality of granules.
55. The method of claim 53, wherein compacting the admixture comprises compacting the admixture in a roller compactor forming compressed sheets of admixture; and milling the sheets of admixture to form a plurality of granules.
56. The method of claim 54, further comprising compressing the plurality of granules with at least one pharmaceutical acceptable excipient to form a tablet.
57. The method of claim 56, wherein the at least one pharmaceutical acceptable excipient is selected from the group consisting of magnesium stearate, croscarmellose sodium and combinations thereof.
58. The method according to claim 57, wherein the plurality of granules are compressed to produce a tablet having a hardness of at least 5 kP.
59. The method of claim 53, wherein the step of compacting the admixture to form the pharmaceutical composition further comprises drying the admixture.
60. The method of claim 53, wherein mixing the admixture comprises mixing the admixture until the admixture is substantially homogenous.
61. The method of any one of claims 53 to 60, wherein a plurality of granules are formed by combining Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A with a granulation fluid comprising a surfactant and a binder.
62. The method of claim 61, wherein the surfactant is sodium lauryl sulfate.
63. A method of administering a tablet comprising orally administering to a patient at least once per day a tablet comprising:
a. about 25 to 200 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A;
b. a filler; c. a diluent;
d. a disintegrant;
e. a surfactant;
f. at least one of a binder and a glidant; and g. a lubricant.
64. The method of claim 63, wherein the tablet comprises about 25 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
65. The method of claim 63, wherein the tablet comprises about 75 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
66. The method of claim 63, wherein the tablet comprises about 100 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
67. The method of claim 63, wherein the tablet comprises about 150 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
68. The method of claim 63, wherein the tablet comprises about 200 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
69. A method of administering a tablet comprising orally administering to a patient twice per day a tablet comprising:
a. about 25 to 200 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A;
b. a filler;
c. a diluent; d. a disintegrant; e. a surfactant; f. at least one of a binder and a glidant; and g- a lubricant.
70. The method of claim 69, wherein the tablet comprises about 25 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
71. The method of claim 69, wherein the tablet comprises about 50 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
72. The method of claim 69, wherein the tablet comprises about 75 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
73. The method of claim 69, wherein the tablet comprises about 100 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
74. The method of claim 69, wherein the tablet comprises about 150 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
75. The method of claim 69, wherein the tablet comprises about 200 mg of Compound 1 , Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
76. A method for administering a tablet comprising orally administering to a patient once every 12 hours a tablet comprising:
a. about 25 to 200 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A; b. a filler;
c. a diluent;
d. a disintegrant; e. a surfactant; f. at least one of a binder and a glidant; and g- a lubricant.
77. The method of claim 76, wherein the tablet comprises about 25 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
78. The method of claim 76, wherein the tablet comprises about 50 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
79. The method of claim 76, wherein the tablet comprises about 75 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
80. The method of claim 76, wherein the tablet comprises about 100 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
81. The method of claim 76, wherein the tablet comprises about 150 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HCl Salt Form A.
82. The method of claim 76, wherein the tablet comprises about 200 mg of Compound 1, Compound 1 Form I, Compound 1 Form II, and/or Compound 1 HC1 Salt Form A.
83. A method of treating or lessening the severity of a disease in a subject comprising administering to the subject a tablet, pharmaceutical composition, or dosage unit form of any one of claims 1 to 52, wherein the disease is selected from cystic fibrosis, asthma, smoke induced COPD, chronic bronchitis, rhinosinusitis, constipation, pancreatitis, pancreatic insufficiency, male infertility caused by congenital bilateral absence of the vas deferens (CBAVD), mild pulmonary disease, idiopathic pancreatitis, allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis (ABPA), liver disease, hereditary emphysema, hereditary hemochromatosis, coagulation-fibrinolysis deficiencies, protein C deficiency, Type 1 hereditary angioedema, lipid processing deficiencies, familial hypercholesterolemia, Type 1 chylomicronemia, abetalipoproteinemia, lysosomal storage diseases, I-cell disease/pseudo-Hurler, mucopolysaccharidoses, Sandhof/T ay-Sachs, Crigler-Najjar type II, polyendocrinopathy/hyperinsulemia, Diabetes mellitus, Laron dwarfism, myleoperoxidase deficiency, primary hypoparathyroidism, melanoma, glycanosis CDG type 1 , congenital hyperthyroidism, osteogenesis imperfecta, hereditary hypofibrinogenemia, ACT deficiency, Diabetes insipidus (DI), neurophyseal DI, neprogenic DI, Charcot-Marie Tooth syndrome, Perlizaeus-Merzbacher disease, neurodegenerative diseases, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, progressive supranuclear plasy, Pick's disease, several polyglutamine neurological disorders, Huntington's, spinocerebullar ataxia type I, spinal and bulbar muscular atrophy, dentatorubal pallidoluysian, myotonic dystrophy, spongiform encephalopathies, hereditary Creutzfeldt- Jakob disease (due to prion protein processing defect), Fabry disease, Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, COPD, dry-eye disease, Sjogren's disease, Osteoporosis, Osteopenia, Gorham's Syndrome, chloride channelopathies, myotonia congenita (Thomson and Becker forms), Bartter's syndrome type III, Dent's disease, hyperekplexia, epilepsy, hyperekplexia, lysosomal storage disease, Angelman syndrome, Primary Ciliary Dyskinesia (PCD), inherited disorders of the structure and/or function of cilia, PCD with situs inversus (also known as Kartagener syndrome), PCD without situs inversus, or ciliary aplasia.
84. The method of claim 83, wherein the disease is disease is cystic fibrosis, emphysema, COPD, or osteoporosis.
85. The method of claim 83, wherein the disease is cystic fibrosis.
86. The method of any one of claims 83 to 85, wherein said patient has cystic fibrosis transmembrane receptor (CFTR) with a AF508 mutation.
87. The method of any one of claims 83 to 85, wherein said patient has cystic fibrosis transmembrane receptor (CFTR) with a Rl 17H mutation.
88. The method of any one of claims 83 to 85, wherein said patient has cystic fibrosis transmembrane receptor (CFTR) with a G551D mutation.
89. The method of any one of claims 83 to 85, wherein the method comprises administering an additional therapeutic agent.
90. A kit comprising a tablet, pharmaceutical composition, or dosage unit form of any one of claims 1 to 52 and instructions for use thereof.
91. The kit of claim 90, wherein Compound 1 is Compound 1 Form I and is present in the tablet, pharmaceutical composition, or dosage unit in an amount ranging from 25 mg to about 200 mg.
PCT/US2011/031519 2010-04-07 2011-04-07 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof WO2011127241A2 (en)

Priority Applications (18)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
MX2012011656A MX364937B (en) 2010-04-07 2011-04-07 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3] dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzo ic acid and administration thereof.
CN2011800279601A CN102917692A (en) 2010-04-07 2011-04-07 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof
NZ602838A NZ602838A (en) 2010-04-07 2011-04-07 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof
JP2013503939A JP2013523833A (en) 2010-04-07 2011-04-07 3- (6- (1- (2,2-difluorobenzo [D] [1,3] dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido) -3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid pharmaceutical composition and Its administration
AU2011237601A AU2011237601B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2011-04-07 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof
PL16185289T PL3150198T3 (en) 2010-04-07 2011-04-07 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof
EP16185289.2A EP3150198B1 (en) 2010-04-07 2011-04-07 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof
ES11715637T ES2604480T5 (en) 2010-04-07 2011-04-07 3- (6- (1- (2,2-Difluorobenzo [d] [1,3] dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido) -3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid pharmaceutical compositions and administration thereof
RU2012147272/15A RU2592368C2 (en) 2010-04-07 2011-04-07 PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING 3-(2, 2-DIFLUOROBENZO[d][1, 3]DIOXOL-5-YL)CYCLOPROPANECARBOXAMIDO)-3-METHYLPYRIDINE-2-YL)BENZOIC ACID, AND ADMINISTRATION THEREOF
BR112012026255A BR112012026255A2 (en) 2010-04-07 2011-04-07 3- (6- (1- (2-, 2-Difluorbenzo [d] [1,3] dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido) -3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid pharmaceutical compositions and administration thereof
EP21197971.1A EP4005559A1 (en) 2010-04-07 2011-04-07 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof
EP11715637.2A EP2555755B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2011-04-07 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof
CA2795804A CA2795804C (en) 2010-04-07 2011-04-07 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof
US13/646,130 US20130095181A1 (en) 2010-04-07 2012-10-05 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof
IL222314A IL222314A (en) 2010-04-07 2012-10-09 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof
ZA2012/08225A ZA201208225B (en) 2010-04-07 2012-11-01 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof
IL251662A IL251662A0 (en) 2010-04-07 2017-04-09 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof
CY20211101061T CY1124852T1 (en) 2010-04-07 2021-12-03 3-(6-(1-(2,2-DIFLUOROBENZO[D][1,3]DIOXOL-5-YL)CYCLOPROPANECARBOXAMIDO)-3-METHYLPYRIDIN-2-YL)BENZOIC ACID PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS AND THEIR ADMINISTRATION

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US32174810P 2010-04-07 2010-04-07
US32172910P 2010-04-07 2010-04-07
US61/321,748 2010-04-07
US61/321,729 2010-04-07
US36656210P 2010-07-22 2010-07-22
US61/366,562 2010-07-22

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/646,130 Continuation US20130095181A1 (en) 2010-04-07 2012-10-05 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011127241A2 true WO2011127241A2 (en) 2011-10-13
WO2011127241A3 WO2011127241A3 (en) 2012-02-02

Family

ID=47075277

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2011/031519 WO2011127241A2 (en) 2010-04-07 2011-04-07 Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof

Country Status (24)

Country Link
US (8) US8552034B2 (en)
EP (3) EP3150198B1 (en)
JP (3) JP2013523833A (en)
CN (3) CN102917692A (en)
AR (1) AR081760A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2011237601B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112012026255A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2795804C (en)
CY (1) CY1124852T1 (en)
DK (1) DK3150198T3 (en)
ES (2) ES2604480T5 (en)
HR (1) HRP20211752T1 (en)
HU (1) HUE056525T2 (en)
IL (2) IL222314A (en)
LT (1) LT3150198T (en)
MX (1) MX364937B (en)
NZ (2) NZ602838A (en)
PL (1) PL3150198T3 (en)
PT (1) PT3150198T (en)
RS (1) RS62767B1 (en)
RU (1) RU2592368C2 (en)
SI (1) SI3150198T1 (en)
WO (1) WO2011127241A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201208225B (en)

Cited By (50)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013185112A1 (en) * 2012-06-08 2013-12-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceuticl compositions for the treatment of cftr -mediated disorders
US8937178B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2015-01-20 Flatley Discovery Lab Phthalazinone compounds and methods for the treatment of cystic fibrosis
JP2015504920A (en) * 2012-01-25 2015-02-16 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッドVertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Formulation of 3- (6- (1- (2,2-difluorobenzo [d] [1,3] dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido) -3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid
US9254291B2 (en) 2011-11-08 2016-02-09 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of ATP-binding cassette transporters
US20160151335A1 (en) * 2013-06-26 2016-06-02 Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of modulating cftr activity
US9670163B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2017-06-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of N-[2,4-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-5-hydroxyphenyl]-1,4-dihydro-4-oxoquinoline-3-carboxamide
US9701639B2 (en) 2014-10-07 2017-07-11 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Co-crystals of modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
US9725440B2 (en) 2007-05-09 2017-08-08 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of CFTR
US9751839B2 (en) 2009-03-20 2017-09-05 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process for making modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
US9751890B2 (en) 2008-02-28 2017-09-05 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heteroaryl derivatives as CFTR modulators
US9776968B2 (en) 2007-12-07 2017-10-03 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Processes for producing cycloalkylcarboxamido-pyridine benzoic acids
WO2017187338A1 (en) 2016-04-25 2017-11-02 Druggability Technologies Ip Holdco Limited Complexes of lumacaftor and its salts and derivatives, process for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
WO2017187340A1 (en) 2016-04-25 2017-11-02 Druggability Technologies Ip Holdco Limited Pharmaceutical combination composition comprising complex formulations of ivacaftor and lumacaftor and their salts and derivatives, process for their preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US9840499B2 (en) 2007-12-07 2017-12-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid
WO2018107100A1 (en) 2016-12-09 2018-06-14 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulator of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treatment, and process for making the modulator
US10076513B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2018-09-18 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[D][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid and administration thereof
WO2018227049A1 (en) 2017-06-08 2018-12-13 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Methods of treatment for cystic fibrosis
WO2019018395A1 (en) 2017-07-17 2019-01-24 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Methods of treatment for cystic fibrosis
US10206915B2 (en) 2016-04-25 2019-02-19 Druggability Technologies Ip Holdco Limited Complexes of Ivacaftor and its salts and derivatives, process for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US10231932B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2019-03-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process of preparing pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of CFTR mediated diseases
US10272046B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2019-04-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical composition and administrations thereof
US10302602B2 (en) 2014-11-18 2019-05-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process of conducting high throughput testing high performance liquid chromatography
US10376501B2 (en) 2016-04-25 2019-08-13 Druggability Technologies Ip Holdco Limited Complexes of lumacaftor and its salts and derivatives, process for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US10383865B2 (en) 2016-04-25 2019-08-20 Druggability Technologies Ip Holdco Limited Pharmaceutical combination composition comprising complex formulations of Ivacaftor and Lumacaftor and their salts and derivatives, process for their preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
WO2019161078A1 (en) 2018-02-15 2019-08-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Macrocycles as modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, their use in the treatment of cycstic fibrosis, and process for making them
WO2019195739A1 (en) 2018-04-05 2019-10-10 Alexander Russell Abela Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
WO2019200246A1 (en) 2018-04-13 2019-10-17 Alexander Russell Abela Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treatment, and process for making the modulator
US10646481B2 (en) 2008-08-13 2020-05-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical composition and administrations thereof
WO2020102346A1 (en) 2018-11-14 2020-05-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Methods of treatment for cystic fibrosis
US10662192B2 (en) 2004-06-24 2020-05-26 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of ATP-binding cassette transporters
US10751363B2 (en) 2015-03-23 2020-08-25 Algipharma As Use of aliginate oligomers and CFTR modulators in treatment of conditions associated with CFTR dysfunction
US10758534B2 (en) 2014-10-06 2020-09-01 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
WO2020206080A1 (en) 2019-04-03 2020-10-08 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator modulating agents
WO2020214921A1 (en) 2019-04-17 2020-10-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of modulators of cftr
US11084804B2 (en) 2005-11-08 2021-08-10 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of ATP-binding cassette transporters
US11155533B2 (en) 2017-10-19 2021-10-26 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Crystalline forms and compositions of CFTR modulators
US11179367B2 (en) 2018-02-05 2021-11-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions for treating cystic fibrosis
US11186566B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2021-11-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulator of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treatment, and process for making the modulator
US11413306B2 (en) 2015-10-06 2022-08-16 Algipharma As Alginate oligomers for the treatment or prevention of microbial overgrowth in the intestinal tract
US11434201B2 (en) 2017-08-02 2022-09-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Processes for preparing pyrrolidine compounds
WO2022194399A1 (en) 2020-07-13 2022-09-22 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Macrocycles as cftr modulators
US11465985B2 (en) 2017-12-08 2022-10-11 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Processes for making modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
US11584761B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2023-02-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process of making CFTR modulators
US11591350B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2023-02-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
US11873300B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2024-01-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Crystalline forms of CFTR modulators
WO2024056791A1 (en) 2022-09-15 2024-03-21 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Combination of macrocyclic cftr modulators with cftr correctors and / or cftr potentiators
WO2024056798A1 (en) 2022-09-15 2024-03-21 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Macrocyclic cftr modulators
WO2024056779A1 (en) 2022-09-15 2024-03-21 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Crystalline form of (3s,7s,10r,13r)-13-benzyl-20-fluoro-7-isobutyl-n-(2-(3-methoxy-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)-6,9-dimethyl-1,5,8,11-tetraoxo-10-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14-tetradecahydro-[1]oxa[4,7,10,14]tetraazacycloheptadecino[16,17-f]quinoline-3-carboxamide
US11992553B2 (en) 2014-08-29 2024-05-28 Algipharma As Inhalable powder formulations of alginate oligomers
US12122788B2 (en) 2023-01-04 2024-10-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process of making CFTR modulators

Families Citing this family (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
MXPA06002567A (en) 2003-09-06 2006-09-04 Vertex Pharma Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters.
US7977322B2 (en) 2004-08-20 2011-07-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of ATP-binding cassette transporters
KR20080053297A (en) 2005-08-11 2008-06-12 버텍스 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
EP2016065B1 (en) 2005-12-28 2012-09-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated 1-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-n-(phenyl)cyclopropane-carboxamide derivatives and related compounds as modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters for the treatment of cystic fibrosis
CA2869945C (en) 2006-04-07 2018-01-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
US10022352B2 (en) 2006-04-07 2018-07-17 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of ATP-binding cassette transporters
US7645789B2 (en) 2006-04-07 2010-01-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Indole derivatives as CFTR modulators
US8563573B2 (en) * 2007-11-02 2013-10-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Azaindole derivatives as CFTR modulators
CA2696298C (en) 2007-08-24 2016-09-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
EP3012250B1 (en) 2007-11-16 2017-11-08 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Isoquinoline modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
JP2011506331A (en) * 2007-12-07 2011-03-03 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Formulation of 3- (6- (1- (2,2-difluorobenzo [D] [1,3] dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido) -3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid
US20100036130A1 (en) 2007-12-07 2010-02-11 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Processes for producing cycloalkylcarboxamido-pyridine benzoic acids
SI2615085T1 (en) 2008-03-31 2015-11-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyridyl derivatives as CFTR modulators
JP2012504143A (en) * 2008-09-29 2012-02-16 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド 3- (6- (1- (2,2-difluorobenzo [d] [1,3] dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido) -3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid dosage unit
US8802868B2 (en) 2010-03-25 2014-08-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of (R)-1(2,2-difluorobenzo[D][1,3]dioxo1-5-yl)-N-(1-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl-6-fluoro-2-(1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan2-yl)-1H-Indol-5-yl)-Cyclopropanecarboxamide
MX2012011655A (en) 2010-04-07 2012-11-23 Vertex Pharma Solid forms of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid.
ES2858351T3 (en) 2010-04-22 2021-09-30 Vertex Pharma Intermediate compound for the production process of cycloalkylcaraboxamido-indole compounds
US8563593B2 (en) 2010-06-08 2013-10-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Formulations of (R)-1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[D] [1,3] dioxol-5-yl)-N-(1-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-fluoro-2-(1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl)-1H-indol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide
HUE047354T2 (en) 2011-05-18 2020-04-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Europe Ltd Deuterated derivatives of ivacaftor
EP4331667A3 (en) 2012-03-22 2024-05-08 Novo Nordisk A/S Compositions comprising a delivery agent and preparation thereof
US8674108B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2014-03-18 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of N-[2,4-bis(1,1-dimethylethy)-5-hydroxyphenyl]-1,4-dihydro-4-oxoquinoline-3-carboxamide
EP2872122A1 (en) 2012-07-16 2015-05-20 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions of (r)-1-(2,2-diflurorbenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-n-(1-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-fluoro-2-(1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl)-1h-indol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamide and administration thereof
SI2914248T2 (en) * 2012-11-02 2023-12-29 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of cftr mediated diseases
NO2699580T3 (en) 2014-01-24 2018-02-24
RU2744460C2 (en) 2014-04-15 2021-03-09 Вертекс Фармасьютикалз Инкорпорейтед Pharmaceutical compositions for treating diseases mediated by cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
CN105130949B (en) * 2015-09-02 2019-01-29 阜新奥瑞凯新材料有限公司 The preparation method of 1- (2,2- difluoro benzo [D] [1,3] dioxole -5- base) cyclopropanecarbonitrile
US10759721B2 (en) 2015-09-25 2020-09-01 Vertex Pharmaceuticals (Europe) Limited Deuterated CFTR potentiators
CN105218510B (en) * 2015-10-23 2017-09-15 上海平创化工科技有限公司 A kind of preparation method of the chloromethyl piperonyl cyclonene of 2,2 difluoro 5
WO2018037350A1 (en) * 2016-08-23 2018-03-01 Laurus Labs Limited Solid forms of lumacaftor, process for its preparation and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
NZ755597A (en) 2017-02-17 2023-06-30 Eidos Therapeutics Inc Processes for preparing ag-10, its intermediates, and salts thereof
IL274763B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2024-01-01 Vertex Pharma Processes for making modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
CN107982260A (en) * 2017-12-12 2018-05-04 南京市儿童医院 VX-809 is preparing the application in treating Bartter syndrome medicines
US12059424B2 (en) * 2018-03-01 2024-08-13 Astrazeneca Ab Pharmaceutical compositions comprising (2S)-N-{(1S)-1-cyano-2-[4-(3-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1,3-benzoxazol-5-yl)phenyl]ethyl}-1,4-oxazepane-2-carboxamide
JP2021518381A (en) 2018-03-23 2021-08-02 エイドス セラピューティクス,インコーポレイティド Treatment of TTR Amyloidosis Using AG10
US11998553B2 (en) 2018-07-17 2024-06-04 Insmed Incorporated Certain (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-cyano-2-phenylethyl]-1,4-oxazepane-2-carboxamides for treating lupus nephritis
US11260047B2 (en) * 2018-08-17 2022-03-01 Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. Formulations of AG10

Citations (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004028480A2 (en) 2002-09-30 2004-04-08 The Regents Of The University Of California Cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator protein inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2004080972A1 (en) 2003-03-12 2004-09-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pirazole modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
WO2004091502A2 (en) 2003-04-11 2004-10-28 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. 1,2,4-oxadiazole benzoic acid compounds
WO2004111014A1 (en) 2003-06-06 2004-12-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrimidine derivatives as modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
WO2004110352A2 (en) 2003-05-16 2004-12-23 The Regents Of The University Of California Compounds having activity in increasing ion transport by mutant-cftr and uses thereof
WO2005035514A2 (en) 2003-10-08 2005-04-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters containing cycloalkyl or pyranyl groups
WO2005049018A1 (en) 2003-11-14 2005-06-02 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Thiazoles and oxazoles useful as modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
WO2005094374A2 (en) 2004-03-30 2005-10-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Hydrazide-containing cftr inhibitor compounds and uses thereof
WO2005120497A2 (en) 2004-06-04 2005-12-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Compounds having activity in increasing ion transport by mutant-cftr and uses thereof
WO2006044456A1 (en) 2004-10-13 2006-04-27 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds for nonsense suppression, and methods for their use
WO2006099256A2 (en) 2005-03-11 2006-09-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
WO2006101740A2 (en) 2005-03-18 2006-09-28 The Regents Of The University Of California Compounds having activity in correcting mutant-cftr processing and uses thereof
WO2006110483A1 (en) 2005-04-08 2006-10-19 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions of an orally active 1,2,4-oxadiazole for nonsense mutation suppression therapy
WO2006127588A2 (en) 2005-05-24 2006-11-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
WO2007044560A2 (en) 2005-10-06 2007-04-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
WO2007056341A1 (en) 2005-11-08 2007-05-18 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heterocyclic modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters

Family Cites Families (245)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3758475A (en) 1971-07-20 1973-09-11 Sandoz Ag Pyrido(2,3-d)pyrimidin 2 ones
IT1226048B (en) 1981-12-14 1990-12-10 Medea Res Srl COMPOUNDS WITH ANTI-INFLAMMATORY ACTIVITY, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND RELATIVE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
DE3263567D1 (en) 1981-12-14 1985-06-20 Medea Res Srl New compounds with antiinflammatory and antitussive activity, process for their preparation and relative pharmaceutical compositions
US4501729A (en) 1982-12-13 1985-02-26 Research Corporation Aerosolized amiloride treatment of retained pulmonary secretions
US4844908A (en) * 1986-11-27 1989-07-04 Duphar International Research B.V. Method of preparing tablets with clovoxamine fumarate and tablets thus prepared
US5981714A (en) 1990-03-05 1999-11-09 Genzyme Corporation Antibodies specific for cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator and uses therefor
JP3167762B2 (en) 1990-11-27 2001-05-21 武田薬品工業株式会社 Pyridopyridazine derivatives and uses thereof
US5612360A (en) 1992-06-03 1997-03-18 Eli Lilly And Company Angiotensin II antagonists
CA2107196A1 (en) 1992-09-29 1994-03-30 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Carboxamide derivatives
US6060024A (en) 1993-07-14 2000-05-09 Zymark Corporation Automatic dissolution testing system
GB9317764D0 (en) 1993-08-26 1993-10-13 Pfizer Ltd Therapeutic compound
CN1077886C (en) 1993-10-21 2002-01-16 G·D·瑟尔公司 Amidino derivatives useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors
DE4405712A1 (en) 1994-02-23 1995-08-24 Basf Ag Substituted naphthyridines and their use
IL113313A (en) 1994-04-11 1999-09-22 Sankyo Co Heterocyclic compounds and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
BR9509036A (en) 1994-09-27 1997-10-14 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Bicyclic derivatives of unsubstituted peperidinyl benzoate
AU2788695A (en) 1994-10-28 1996-05-23 Neurosearch A/S Patch clamp apparatus and technique having high throughput and low fluid volume requirements
US5656256A (en) 1994-12-14 1997-08-12 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Methods of treating lung disease by an aerosol containing benzamil or phenamil
US5510379A (en) 1994-12-19 1996-04-23 Warner-Lambert Company Sulfonate ACAT inhibitors
US5585115A (en) 1995-01-09 1996-12-17 Edward H. Mendell Co., Inc. Pharmaceutical excipient having improved compressability
DE19531067A1 (en) * 1995-08-23 1997-02-27 Hermann P T Prof Dr Med Ammon Use of boswellic acid and its derivatives for inhibiting normal and increased leukocyte elastase or plasmin activity
AU715658B2 (en) 1996-04-03 2000-02-10 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
DE69713402T2 (en) 1996-08-23 2002-11-07 Agouron Pharma LIGANDS OF THE NEUROPEPTID Y
AU6013998A (en) 1996-12-30 1998-07-31 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
CO4920215A1 (en) 1997-02-14 2000-05-29 Novartis Ag OXACARBAZEPINE TABLETS COATED WITH A FILM AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF THESE FORMULATIONS
US5948814A (en) 1997-02-20 1999-09-07 The Curators Of The University Of Missouri Genistein for the treatment of cystic fibrosis
WO1998047868A1 (en) 1997-04-18 1998-10-29 Smithkline Beecham Plc Heterocycle-containing urea derivatives as 5ht1a, 5ht1b and 5ht1d receptor antagonists
HUP0003881A3 (en) 1997-10-02 2001-04-28 Sankyo Co Amidocarboxylic acid derivatives
DE69914458T2 (en) 1998-02-17 2004-10-28 G.D. Searle & Co., Chicago METHOD FOR ENZYMATICALLY DISCHARGING LACTAS
PE20000564A1 (en) 1998-06-08 2000-07-05 Schering Corp NEUROPEPTIDE Y5 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS
US6426331B1 (en) 1998-07-08 2002-07-30 Tularik Inc. Inhibitors of STAT function
AUPP609198A0 (en) 1998-09-22 1998-10-15 Curtin University Of Technology Use of non-peptidyl compounds for the treatment of insulin related ailments
AU770042B2 (en) 1998-12-18 2004-02-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company N-ureidoalkyl-piperidines as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
CA2364662C (en) 1999-02-24 2009-10-20 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag 3-phenylpyridine derivatives and their use as nk-1 receptor antagonists
AU767123B2 (en) 1999-02-24 2003-10-30 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Phenyl- and pyridinyl derivatives
EP1035115B1 (en) 1999-02-24 2004-09-29 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag 4-Phenylpyridine derivatives and their use as NK-1 receptor antagonists
UA71971C2 (en) 1999-06-04 2005-01-17 Agoron Pharmaceuticals Inc Diaminothiazoles, composition based thereon, a method for modulation of protein kinases activity, a method for the treatment of diseases mediated by protein kinases
BR0012291A (en) 1999-06-18 2002-03-26 Bayer Ag Fenoxifluorpirimidines
UA74539C2 (en) 1999-12-08 2006-01-16 Pharmacia Corp Crystalline polymorphous forms of celecoxib (variants), a method for the preparation thereof (variants), a pharmaceutical composition (variants)
WO2001046165A2 (en) 1999-12-16 2001-06-28 Novartis Ag N-heteroaryl-amides and their use as parasiticides
EP1248869A2 (en) 2000-01-07 2002-10-16 Transform Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High-throughput formation, identification, and analysis of diverse solid-forms
AU2001233069A1 (en) 2000-01-28 2001-08-07 Biogen, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions containing anti-beta 1 integrin compounds and uses
WO2001056989A2 (en) 2000-02-01 2001-08-09 Cor Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of factor xa
WO2001081317A1 (en) 2000-04-26 2001-11-01 Gliatech, Inc. Chiral imidazoyl intermediates for the synthesis of 2-(4-imidazoyl)-cyclopropyl derivatives
WO2001083517A1 (en) 2000-05-03 2001-11-08 Tularik Inc. Stat4 and stat6 binding dipeptide derivatives
US6499984B1 (en) 2000-05-22 2002-12-31 Warner-Lambert Company Continuous production of pharmaceutical granulation
EP1268450A1 (en) 2000-06-01 2003-01-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Lactams substituted by cyclic succinates as inhibitors of a-beta protein production
TWI259180B (en) 2000-08-08 2006-08-01 Hoffmann La Roche 4-Phenyl-pyridine derivatives
CN100355750C (en) 2000-09-15 2007-12-19 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 Pyrazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
JP4272338B2 (en) 2000-09-22 2009-06-03 バイエル アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Pyridine derivatives
AU2002211379A1 (en) * 2000-10-04 2002-04-15 The Children's Hospital Of Philadelphia Compositions and methods for treatment of cystic fibrosis
GB2367816A (en) 2000-10-09 2002-04-17 Bayer Ag Urea- and thiourea-containing derivatives of beta-amino acids
WO2002034739A1 (en) 2000-10-20 2002-05-02 Merck Patent Gmbh Chiral binaphthol derivatives
US6884782B2 (en) 2000-11-08 2005-04-26 Amgen Inc. STAT modulators
DE60142921D1 (en) 2000-12-01 2010-10-07 Eisai Inc AZAPHENANTHRIDONE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS PARP INHIBITORS
GB0102687D0 (en) 2001-02-02 2001-03-21 Pharmacia & Upjohn Spa Oxazolyl-pyrazole derivatives active as kinase inhibitors,process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions comprising them
US20100074949A1 (en) 2008-08-13 2010-03-25 William Rowe Pharmaceutical composition and administration thereof
US6531597B2 (en) 2001-02-13 2003-03-11 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Process for preparation of 2-phenyl acetic acid derivatives
US6962674B2 (en) 2001-02-28 2005-11-08 Varian, Inc. Dissolution test apparatus
AU2002258794A1 (en) 2001-04-10 2003-10-20 Transtech Pharma, Inc. Probes, systems and methods for drug discovery
CA2444395C (en) 2001-04-23 2010-12-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Use of nk-1 receptor antagonists against benign prostatic hyperplasia
BR0209920A (en) 2001-05-22 2004-03-30 Neurogen Corp Pharmaceutically acceptable compound or salt thereof, methods of treating anxiety, depression or stress and irritable bowel syndrome or crohn's disease, detecting crf1 receptors in a first biological sample, demonstrating the presence or absence of crf1 receptors in a sample inhibiting the binding of crf to a crf1 receptor, pharmaceutical composition, and packaging
US20030083345A1 (en) 2001-07-10 2003-05-01 Torsten Hoffmann Method of treatment and/or prevention of brain, spinal or nerve injury
US6627646B2 (en) 2001-07-17 2003-09-30 Sepracor Inc. Norastemizole polymorphs
US6841566B2 (en) 2001-07-20 2005-01-11 Boehringer Ingelheim, Ltd. Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2003007888A2 (en) 2001-07-20 2003-01-30 Adipogenix, Inc. Fat accumulation-modulating compounds
EP1425284A2 (en) 2001-09-11 2004-06-09 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Furo- and thienopyrimidine derivatives as angiogenesis inhibitors
PA8557501A1 (en) 2001-11-12 2003-06-30 Pfizer Prod Inc BENZAMIDA, HETEROARILAMIDA AND INVESTED AMIDAS
JP2003155285A (en) 2001-11-19 2003-05-27 Toray Ind Inc Cyclic nitrogen-containing derivative
JP2003221386A (en) 2001-11-26 2003-08-05 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd Bicylic derivative, method for producing the same, and use of the same
JP2005518391A (en) 2001-12-21 2005-06-23 ノボ ノルディスク アクティーゼルスカブ Amide derivatives as GK activators
TW200307539A (en) 2002-02-01 2003-12-16 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Cycloalkyl inhibitors of potassium channel function
TW200304820A (en) 2002-03-25 2003-10-16 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Use of benzimidazole analogs in the treatment of cell proliferation
TW200403058A (en) 2002-04-19 2004-03-01 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Heterocyclo inhibitors of potassium channel function
FR2840807B1 (en) 2002-06-12 2005-03-11 COSMETIC CARE AND / OR MAKEUP COMPOSITION, STRUCTURED BY SILICONE POLYMERS AND ORGANOGELATORS, IN RIGID FORM
CN1703395A (en) 2002-08-09 2005-11-30 特兰斯泰克制药公司 Aryl and heteroaryl compounds and methods to modulate coagulation
GB0221443D0 (en) 2002-09-16 2002-10-23 Glaxo Group Ltd Pyridine derivates
AU2003287160A1 (en) 2002-10-15 2004-05-04 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted indoles and their use as hcv inhibitors
CA2503713A1 (en) 2002-10-30 2004-05-21 Merck & Co., Inc. Piperidinyl cyclopentyl aryl benzylamide modulators of chemokine receptor activity
AU2003287449A1 (en) 2002-10-31 2004-05-25 Nanostream, Inc. Parallel detection chromatography systems
SI1565258T1 (en) 2002-11-26 2012-04-30 Univ Gent Process and apparatus for continuous wet granulation of powder material
BR0317183A (en) 2002-12-12 2005-11-01 Pharmacia Corp Method of Using Aminocyanopyridine Compounds as Inhibitors of Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinase-Activated Protein Kinase-2
JP4716734B2 (en) 2003-01-06 2011-07-06 イーライ リリー アンド カンパニー Substituted arylcyclopropylacetamides as glucokinase activators
EP1603878B1 (en) 2003-02-10 2013-01-02 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Processes for the preparation of n-heteroaryl-n-aryl-amines by reacting an n-aryl carbamic acid ester with a halo-heteroaryl and analogous processes
US7223788B2 (en) 2003-02-14 2007-05-29 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Substituted N-aryl heterocycles, process for their preparation and their use as medicaments
KR20060006953A (en) 2003-04-30 2006-01-20 디 인스티튜트스 포 파마슈티컬 디스커버리, 엘엘씨 Substituted carboxylic acids
CA2530075C (en) 2003-06-27 2012-08-21 Harvey Pollard Amphiphilic pyridinium compounds, method of making and use thereof
GB0315111D0 (en) 2003-06-27 2003-07-30 Cancer Rec Tech Ltd Substituted 5-membered ring compounds and their use
JP2005053902A (en) 2003-07-18 2005-03-03 Nippon Nohyaku Co Ltd Phenylpyridines, intermediate therefor, and herbicide containing the same as effective ingredient
EP1680424A2 (en) 2003-09-05 2006-07-19 Neurogen Corporation Heteroaryl fused pyridines, pyrazines and pyrimidines as crf1 receptor ligands
MXPA06002567A (en) 2003-09-06 2006-09-04 Vertex Pharma Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters.
US7534894B2 (en) 2003-09-25 2009-05-19 Wyeth Biphenyloxy-acids
US20050070718A1 (en) 2003-09-30 2005-03-31 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Heteroaryl-substituted 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivatives and medicaments containing them
JPWO2005037269A1 (en) 2003-10-21 2006-12-28 住友製薬株式会社 Novel piperidine derivatives
FR2861304B1 (en) 2003-10-23 2008-07-18 Univ Grenoble 1 CFTR CHANNEL MODULATORS
GB0325956D0 (en) 2003-11-06 2003-12-10 Addex Pharmaceuticals Sa Novel compounds
WO2005049034A2 (en) 2003-11-19 2005-06-02 Glaxo Group Limited Use of cyclooxygenase-2 selective inhibitors for the treatment of schizophrenic disorders
JP3746062B2 (en) * 2003-12-05 2006-02-15 第一製薬株式会社 Solid preparation and method for producing the same
ES2238001B1 (en) 2004-01-21 2006-11-01 Vita Cientifica, S.L. NEW POLYMORPHIC FORMS OF ONDANSETRON, PROCEDURES FOR THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM AND THEIR USE AS ANANTIMETICS.
US7977322B2 (en) 2004-08-20 2011-07-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of ATP-binding cassette transporters
WO2005075435A1 (en) 2004-01-30 2005-08-18 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
US7522995B2 (en) 2004-02-05 2009-04-21 Nortrup Edward H Method and system for providing travel time information
CN100567270C (en) 2004-02-19 2009-12-09 万有制药株式会社 Sulfone amide derivative
ES2241496B1 (en) 2004-04-15 2006-12-01 Almirall Prodesfarma, S.A. NEW DERIVATIVES OF PIRIDINA.
EP1734820A4 (en) 2004-04-16 2008-01-23 Neurogen Corp Imidazopyrazines, imidazopyridines, and imidazopyrimidines as crf1 receptor ligands
EP1740575A2 (en) 2004-04-22 2007-01-10 Eli Lilly And Company Pyrrolidine derivatives useful as bace inhibitors
US7585885B2 (en) 2004-04-22 2009-09-08 Eli Lilly And Company Pyrrolidine derivatives useful as BACE inhibitors
AU2005249154B2 (en) * 2004-06-01 2011-02-10 Luminex Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. Method of detecting cystic fibrosis associated mutations
TWI547431B (en) 2004-06-09 2016-09-01 史密斯克萊美占公司 Apparatus and method for pharmaceutical production
ES2656017T3 (en) 2004-06-24 2018-02-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Conveyor modulators of the ATP binding cassette
US8354427B2 (en) 2004-06-24 2013-01-15 Vertex Pharmaceutical Incorporated Modulators of ATP-binding cassette transporters
US20140343098A1 (en) 2004-06-24 2014-11-20 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
WO2006003504A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2006-01-12 Warner-Lambert Company Llc Preparation of pharmaceutical compositions containing nanoparticles
JP2008505124A (en) 2004-07-02 2008-02-21 アドバンシス ファーマスーティカル コーポレイション Pulse delivery tablets
CA2573223C (en) 2004-08-06 2013-05-21 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Aromatic compound
EP1794135A1 (en) 2004-09-27 2007-06-13 Amgen Inc. Substituted heterocyclic compounds and methods of use
US8153643B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2012-04-10 Astrazeneca Ab Quinazoline derivatives
JP5036126B2 (en) * 2004-10-19 2012-09-26 日医工株式会社 Ebastine preparation for oral administration
WO2006051394A1 (en) 2004-11-15 2006-05-18 Pfizer Products Inc. Azabenzoxazoles for the treatment of cns disorders
CA2589495C (en) 2004-12-15 2013-10-01 Dompe Pha.R.Ma. S.P.A. 2-arylpropionic acid derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
JP4790260B2 (en) 2004-12-22 2011-10-12 出光興産株式会社 Organic electroluminescence device using anthracene derivative
US20080146612A1 (en) 2005-01-27 2008-06-19 Astrazeneca Ab Novel Biaromatic Compounds, Inhibitors of the P2X7-Receptor
US7888374B2 (en) 2005-01-28 2011-02-15 Abbott Laboratories Inhibitors of c-jun N-terminal kinases
EP1845081A4 (en) 2005-02-01 2009-03-25 Takeda Pharmaceutical Amide compound
US7402596B2 (en) 2005-03-24 2008-07-22 Renovis, Inc. Bicycloheteroaryl compounds as P2X7 modulators and uses thereof
TWI377206B (en) 2005-04-06 2012-11-21 Theravance Inc Crystalline form of a quinolinone-carboxamide compound
EP1710246A1 (en) 2005-04-08 2006-10-11 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Sulfoximine-pyrimidine Macrocycles and the salts thereof, a process for making them, and their pharmaceutical use against cancer
AR053712A1 (en) 2005-04-18 2007-05-16 Neurogen Corp HETEROARILOS SUBSTITUTED, ANTAGONISTS OF CB1 (RECEIVER 1 CANABINOID)
MX2007013049A (en) 2005-04-19 2008-01-11 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corp Aryl alkyl acid derivatives for and use thereof.
JP2008538561A (en) 2005-04-20 2008-10-30 メルク エンド カムパニー インコーポレーテッド Angiotensin II receptor antagonist
US20060252825A1 (en) 2005-04-22 2006-11-09 Wyeth Crystal forms of {[(2r)-7-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)-5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-2-yl]methyl}amine hydrochloride
CN1864679A (en) * 2005-05-16 2006-11-22 马晶 A composite bergenin dispersible tablet and preparation method thereof
GB0510139D0 (en) 2005-05-18 2005-06-22 Addex Pharmaceuticals Sa Novel compounds B1
AU2006252768A1 (en) 2005-06-02 2006-12-07 Bayer Cropscience Ag Phenylalkyl substituted heteroaryl devivatives
JP2008543919A (en) 2005-06-21 2008-12-04 アステックス・セラピューティクス・リミテッド Pharmaceutical compounds
US20070027451A1 (en) * 2005-06-23 2007-02-01 Kai Desinger Method for treatment of hypertrophic palatine tonsils
KR20080053297A (en) 2005-08-11 2008-06-12 버텍스 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
CN101287732A (en) 2005-08-11 2008-10-15 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
WO2007028654A1 (en) 2005-09-09 2007-03-15 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Pyridine derivatives and their use in the treatment of psychotic disorders
EP1928427B1 (en) 2005-09-23 2009-12-30 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Novel dosage formulation
BRPI0618417A2 (en) 2005-10-19 2012-07-31 Gruenenthal Chemie new vanillary receptor ligands and their use to produce drugs
US20120232059A1 (en) 2005-11-08 2012-09-13 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of ATP-Binding Cassette Transporters
WO2007054480A1 (en) 2005-11-08 2007-05-18 N.V. Organon 2-(benzimidazol-1-yl)-acetamide biaryl derivatives and their use as inhibitors of the trpv1 receptor
US7807673B2 (en) 2005-12-05 2010-10-05 Glaxosmithkline Llc 2-pyrimidinyl pyrazolopyridine ErbB kinase inhibitors
WO2007075901A2 (en) 2005-12-24 2007-07-05 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Quinolin- 4 - one derivatives as modulators of abc transporters
CA2635214A1 (en) 2005-12-27 2007-07-05 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful in cftr assays and methods therewith
EP2016065B1 (en) 2005-12-28 2012-09-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated 1-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-n-(phenyl)cyclopropane-carboxamide derivatives and related compounds as modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters for the treatment of cystic fibrosis
US7671221B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2010-03-02 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of ATP-Binding Cassette transporters
DK3219705T3 (en) 2005-12-28 2020-04-14 Vertex Pharma PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS OF THE AMORPHIC FORM OF N- [2,4-BIS (1,1-DIMETHYLETHYL) -5-HYDROXYPHENYL] -1,4-DIHYDRO-4-OXOQUINOLIN-3-CARBOXAMIDE
WO2007079257A2 (en) 2005-12-30 2007-07-12 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Integrated dissolution processing and sample transfer system
US10022352B2 (en) 2006-04-07 2018-07-17 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of ATP-binding cassette transporters
CA2869945C (en) 2006-04-07 2018-01-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
US7645789B2 (en) 2006-04-07 2010-01-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Indole derivatives as CFTR modulators
ES2377840T3 (en) 2006-05-12 2012-04-02 Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions of N- [2,4-bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) -5-hydroxyphenyl] -1,4-dihydro-4-oxoquinoline-3-carboxamide
ES2646175T3 (en) 2006-11-03 2017-12-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Azaindole derivatives as CFTR modulators
US8563573B2 (en) 2007-11-02 2013-10-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Azaindole derivatives as CFTR modulators
US7754739B2 (en) 2007-05-09 2010-07-13 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of CFTR
JP5318400B2 (en) * 2006-11-20 2013-10-16 第一三共株式会社 Tablets containing levofloxacin
WO2008065068A2 (en) 2006-11-27 2008-06-05 Novartis Ag Substituted dihydroimidazoles and their use in the treatment of tumors
US20080260820A1 (en) * 2007-04-19 2008-10-23 Gilles Borrelly Oral dosage formulations of protease-resistant polypeptides
JP5439363B2 (en) 2007-05-02 2014-03-12 ポートラ ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Combination therapy with compounds acting as platelet ADP receptor inhibitors
EP2789606B1 (en) 2007-05-09 2017-11-15 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of CFTR
EP2170901B1 (en) 2007-05-25 2015-07-01 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
US20110177999A1 (en) 2007-08-09 2011-07-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Therapeutic Combinations Useful in Treating CFTR Related Diseases
CA2696298C (en) 2007-08-24 2016-09-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
DE102007042754A1 (en) 2007-09-07 2009-03-12 Bayer Healthcare Ag Substituted 6-phenyl-nicotinic acids and their use
NZ583878A (en) 2007-09-14 2012-10-26 Vertex Pharma Modulators of ABC transporter and cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR)
CA2699292A1 (en) 2007-09-14 2009-03-26 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of n-[2,4-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-5-hydroxyphenyl]-1,4-dihydro-4-oxoquinoline-3-carboxamide
FR2921657A1 (en) 2007-09-28 2009-04-03 Sanofi Aventis Sa New nicotinamide derivatives useful for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of cancer
EP3012250B1 (en) 2007-11-16 2017-11-08 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Isoquinoline modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
KR100998233B1 (en) 2007-12-03 2010-12-07 서울반도체 주식회사 Slim led package
JP2011506331A (en) 2007-12-07 2011-03-03 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Formulation of 3- (6- (1- (2,2-difluorobenzo [D] [1,3] dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido) -3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid
EP3683218B1 (en) 2007-12-07 2024-09-18 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid
NZ612635A (en) 2007-12-07 2015-06-26 Vertex Pharma Processes for producing cycloalkylcarboxamido-pyridine benzoic acids
US20100036130A1 (en) 2007-12-07 2010-02-11 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Processes for producing cycloalkylcarboxamido-pyridine benzoic acids
AU2008335031B2 (en) 2007-12-13 2013-11-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
CA2931134C (en) 2008-02-28 2019-07-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heteroaryl derivatives as cftr modulators
US8343774B2 (en) 2008-02-29 2013-01-01 Waters Technologies Corporation Chromatography-based monitoring and control of multiple process streams
SI2615085T1 (en) 2008-03-31 2015-11-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyridyl derivatives as CFTR modulators
EP2110377A1 (en) 2008-04-15 2009-10-21 DAC S.r.l. Spirocyclic derivatives as histone deacetylase inhibitors
GB0813709D0 (en) 2008-07-26 2008-09-03 Univ Dundee Method and product
ME03019B (en) * 2008-08-13 2018-10-20 Vertex Pharma Pharmaceutical composition of n-[2,4-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-5-hydroxyphenyl]-1,4-dihydro-4- oxoquinoline-3-carboxamide and administration thereof
US20100256184A1 (en) 2008-08-13 2010-10-07 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical composition and administrations thereof
JP2012504143A (en) 2008-09-29 2012-02-16 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド 3- (6- (1- (2,2-difluorobenzo [d] [1,3] dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido) -3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid dosage unit
MX2011004374A (en) 2008-10-23 2011-05-23 Vertex Pharma Solid forms of n-(4-(7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-7-yl)-2-(trifluoro methyl)phenyl)-4-oxo-5-(trifluoromethyl)-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3- carboxamide.
BRPI0919930A2 (en) 2008-10-23 2016-02-16 Vertex Pharma cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator modulators
US20110257223A1 (en) 2008-10-23 2011-10-20 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance Regulator
NZ592687A (en) 2008-10-23 2013-04-26 Vertex Pharma Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
WO2010062356A1 (en) 2008-10-31 2010-06-03 Biomerieux, Inc. Methods for separation, characterization and/or identification of microorganisms using spectroscopy
NZ592694A (en) 2008-11-06 2013-05-31 Vertex Pharma ATP-Binding Cassette (ABC) transporters as modulators of CFTR activity
UA104876C2 (en) 2008-11-06 2014-03-25 Вертекс Фармасьютікалз Інкорпорейтед Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
US8367660B2 (en) 2008-12-30 2013-02-05 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
CA2755969C (en) 2009-03-20 2018-05-08 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
EP3330255B1 (en) 2009-03-20 2020-12-09 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process for making modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
US9713575B2 (en) 2009-05-07 2017-07-25 Gea Process Engineering Limited Tablet production module and method for continuous production of tablets
RU2543622C2 (en) 2009-09-17 2015-03-10 Вертекс Фармасьютикалз Инкорпорейтед Method for preparing azabicyclic compounds
CA2777245A1 (en) 2009-10-22 2011-04-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compositions for treatment of cystic fibrosis and other chronic diseases
JP5789611B2 (en) 2009-10-23 2015-10-07 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッドVertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process for preparing modulators of cystic fibrosis membrane conductance regulators
JP5877157B2 (en) 2009-10-23 2016-03-02 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッドVertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated N- (4- (7-azabicyclo [2.2.1] heptane-7-yl) -2- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl) -4-oxo-5- (trifluoromethyl) -1,4-dihydro Solid form of quinoline-3-carboxamide
WO2011116397A1 (en) 2010-03-19 2011-09-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of n-[2,4-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-5-hydroxyphenyl]-1,4-dihydro-4-oxoquinoline-3-carboxamide
US8802868B2 (en) 2010-03-25 2014-08-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of (R)-1(2,2-difluorobenzo[D][1,3]dioxo1-5-yl)-N-(1-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl-6-fluoro-2-(1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan2-yl)-1H-Indol-5-yl)-Cyclopropanecarboxamide
HUE062892T2 (en) 2010-03-25 2023-12-28 Vertex Pharma Synthesis and intermediates of (r)-1(2,2 -difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5yl)-n-(1-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-fluoro-2-(1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2yl)-1h-indol-5yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide
HRP20211752T1 (en) 2010-04-07 2022-02-18 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyriodin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof
MX2012011655A (en) 2010-04-07 2012-11-23 Vertex Pharma Solid forms of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid.
NZ603043A (en) 2010-04-22 2015-02-27 Vertex Pharma Pharmaceutical compositions comprising cftr modulators and administrations thereof
AU2011242452A1 (en) 2010-04-22 2012-11-08 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions and administrations thereof
WO2011133956A1 (en) 2010-04-22 2011-10-27 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions and administrations thereof
ES2858351T3 (en) 2010-04-22 2021-09-30 Vertex Pharma Intermediate compound for the production process of cycloalkylcaraboxamido-indole compounds
TW201202250A (en) 2010-05-20 2012-01-16 Vertex Pharma Processes for producing modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
NZ603386A (en) 2010-05-20 2015-02-27 Vertex Pharma Pharmaceutical compositions and administrations thereof
US8563593B2 (en) 2010-06-08 2013-10-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Formulations of (R)-1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[D] [1,3] dioxol-5-yl)-N-(1-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-fluoro-2-(1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl)-1H-indol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide
JP2013536231A (en) 2010-08-23 2013-09-19 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド (R) -1- (2,2-difluorobenzo [D] [1,3] dioxol-5-yl) -N- (1- (2,3-dihydroxypropyl) -6-fluoro-2- (1 -Hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl) -1H-indol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamide and its administration
JP2013536251A (en) 2010-08-27 2013-09-19 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Pharmaceutical composition and its administration
CN102058889A (en) 2010-11-05 2011-05-18 王定豪 Dispersible tablet containing anticoagulants and application thereof
US8802700B2 (en) 2010-12-10 2014-08-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of ATP-Binding Cassette transporters
CN102507770A (en) 2011-10-25 2012-06-20 中国检验检疫科学研究院 High performance liquid chromatography for detecting hexachlorophene in cosmetics
WO2013067410A1 (en) 2011-11-02 2013-05-10 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Use of (n- [2, 4 -bis (1, 1 -dimethylethyl) - 5 - hydroxyphenyl] - 1, 4 - dihydro - 4 - oxoquinoline - 3 - ca rboxamide) for treating cftr mediated diseases
US20140127901A1 (en) 2012-11-08 2014-05-08 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Low-k damage free integration scheme for copper interconnects
CA2852991C (en) 2011-11-08 2019-12-31 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
SG10201606135TA (en) 2012-01-25 2016-09-29 Vertex Pharma Formulations of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid
AU2013226076B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2017-11-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical composition and administration thereof
US8674108B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2014-03-18 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of N-[2,4-bis(1,1-dimethylethy)-5-hydroxyphenyl]-1,4-dihydro-4-oxoquinoline-3-carboxamide
JP2013253790A (en) 2012-06-05 2013-12-19 Chube Univ Analytical method of nivalenol
AU2013270681A1 (en) 2012-06-08 2014-12-18 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of CFTR -mediated disorders
EP2872122A1 (en) 2012-07-16 2015-05-20 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions of (r)-1-(2,2-diflurorbenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-n-(1-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-fluoro-2-(1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl)-1h-indol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamide and administration thereof
US20140092376A1 (en) 2012-10-01 2014-04-03 Momentive Performance Materials, Inc. Container and method for in-line analysis of protein compositions
SI2914248T2 (en) 2012-11-02 2023-12-29 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of cftr mediated diseases
US9636301B2 (en) 2012-12-04 2017-05-02 Arbutus Biopharma Corporation In vitro release assay for liposome encapsulated vincristine
US20140221424A1 (en) 2013-01-30 2014-08-07 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions for use in the treatment of cystic fibrosis
CN103743826B (en) 2013-08-28 2015-12-02 合肥久诺医药科技有限公司 A kind of HPLC analytical method of Azilsartan
CN103822976B (en) 2013-10-15 2015-05-27 辽宁省食品药品检验所 Method for measuring 4-potassium methoxysalicylate in cosmetics
US10231932B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2019-03-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process of preparing pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of CFTR mediated diseases
RU2744460C2 (en) 2014-04-15 2021-03-09 Вертекс Фармасьютикалз Инкорпорейтед Pharmaceutical compositions for treating diseases mediated by cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
CN104090038B (en) 2014-07-07 2015-09-30 黄宏南 A kind of method of Chinese caterpillar fungus polysaccharide peptide content in direct mensuration Cordyceps sinensis product
CN104122346B (en) 2014-07-31 2016-03-16 国家烟草质量监督检验中心 The assay method of urea content in a kind of water base adhesive
CN104122345B (en) 2014-07-31 2015-08-12 国家烟草质量监督检验中心 The assay method of 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane in cigarette paper using
CN112250627B (en) 2014-10-06 2024-02-02 弗特克斯药品有限公司 Cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator modulators
JP6746569B2 (en) 2014-10-07 2020-08-26 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッドVertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Co-crystals of modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
SG11201703963QA (en) 2014-11-18 2017-06-29 Vertex Pharma Process of conducting high throughput testing high performance liquid chromatography
MA41031A (en) 2014-11-26 2017-10-03 Catabasis Pharmaceuticals Inc CYSTEAMINE-FATTY ACID CONJUGATES AND THEIR USE AS AUTOPHAGIC ACTIVATORS
WO2016086136A1 (en) 2014-11-26 2016-06-02 Catabasis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fatty acid cysteamine conjugates of cftr modulators and their use in treating medical disorders
EP3226861A2 (en) 2014-12-05 2017-10-11 Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS) Compounds for treating cystic fibrosis
EP3250565B1 (en) 2015-01-26 2019-07-03 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tetrazolones as carboxylic acid bioisosteres
UY36680A (en) 2015-05-19 2016-12-30 Glaxosmithkline Ip Dev Ltd HETEROCYCLIC AMIDES AS QUINASA INHIBITORS
CN105890945A (en) 2016-04-01 2016-08-24 中国热带农业科学院分析测试中心 Ultrasonic centrifuged seepage sample injecting method for quickly measuring rapidly available potassium in soil
US20180280349A1 (en) 2017-03-28 2018-10-04 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Methods of treating cystic fibrosis in patients with residual function mutations

Patent Citations (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004028480A2 (en) 2002-09-30 2004-04-08 The Regents Of The University Of California Cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator protein inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2004080972A1 (en) 2003-03-12 2004-09-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pirazole modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
US20060148863A1 (en) 2003-04-11 2006-07-06 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Substituted 1,2,4-oxadiazoles, compositions and methods of use
WO2004091502A2 (en) 2003-04-11 2004-10-28 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. 1,2,4-oxadiazole benzoic acid compounds
US20050164973A1 (en) 2003-04-11 2005-07-28 Pct Therapeutics, Inc. 1,2,4-Oxadiazole benzoic acid compounds and their use for nonsense suppression and the treatment of disease
US7202262B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2007-04-10 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Benzoic acid or benzoate substituted 1,2,4-oxadiazole compounds and their use for the treatment of disease
US20060148864A1 (en) 2003-04-11 2006-07-06 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. 3-[5-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl]-benzoic acid, compositions, and methods for the use thereof
US6992096B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2006-01-31 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. 1,2,4-oxadiazole benzoic acid compounds and their use for nonsense suppression and the treatment of disease
US20060035943A1 (en) 2003-04-11 2006-02-16 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. 1,2,4-Oxadiazole benzoic acid compounds and their use for nonsense suppression and the treatment of disease
WO2004110352A2 (en) 2003-05-16 2004-12-23 The Regents Of The University Of California Compounds having activity in increasing ion transport by mutant-cftr and uses thereof
WO2004111014A1 (en) 2003-06-06 2004-12-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrimidine derivatives as modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
WO2005035514A2 (en) 2003-10-08 2005-04-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters containing cycloalkyl or pyranyl groups
WO2005049018A1 (en) 2003-11-14 2005-06-02 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Thiazoles and oxazoles useful as modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
WO2005094374A2 (en) 2004-03-30 2005-10-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Hydrazide-containing cftr inhibitor compounds and uses thereof
WO2005120497A2 (en) 2004-06-04 2005-12-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Compounds having activity in increasing ion transport by mutant-cftr and uses thereof
WO2006044503A2 (en) 2004-10-13 2006-04-27 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds for nonsense suppression, use of these compounds for the manufacture of a medicament for treating somatic mutation-related diseases
WO2006044682A1 (en) 2004-10-13 2006-04-27 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds for nonsense suppression, and methods for their use
WO2006044505A2 (en) 2004-10-13 2006-04-27 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds for nonsense suppression, and methods for their use
WO2006044456A1 (en) 2004-10-13 2006-04-27 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds for nonsense suppression, and methods for their use
WO2006044502A2 (en) 2004-10-13 2006-04-27 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Pyrazole or triazole compounds and their use for the manufacture of a medicament for treating somatic mutation-related diseases
WO2006099256A2 (en) 2005-03-11 2006-09-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
WO2006101740A2 (en) 2005-03-18 2006-09-28 The Regents Of The University Of California Compounds having activity in correcting mutant-cftr processing and uses thereof
WO2006110483A1 (en) 2005-04-08 2006-10-19 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions of an orally active 1,2,4-oxadiazole for nonsense mutation suppression therapy
WO2006127588A2 (en) 2005-05-24 2006-11-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
WO2007044560A2 (en) 2005-10-06 2007-04-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
WO2007056341A1 (en) 2005-11-08 2007-05-18 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heterocyclic modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters

Non-Patent Citations (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", 2003, LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS & WILKINS
"The Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients", 2003, AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICALS ASSOCIATION
"The United States Pharmacopeia", 1995, pages: 1843 - 1844
"United States Pharmacopoeia", vol. 29, 2005, UNITED STATES PHARMACOPEIAL CONVENTION, INC., article "Dissolution"
ANSEL ET AL.: "Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms And Drug Delivery Systems", 1999, LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS & WILKINS
ARIDOR M ET AL., NATURE MED., vol. 5, no. 7, 1999, pages 745 - 751
BROSS P. ET AL., HUMAN MUT., vol. 14, 1999, pages 186 - 198
CUTTING, G. R. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 346, 1990, pages 366 - 369
DALEMANS ET AL., NATURE LOND, vol. 354, 1991, pages 526 - 528
DEAN, M. ET AL., CELL, vol. 61, 1990, pages 863 - 870
GIBSON: "Pharmaceutical Preformulation And Formulation", 2001, CRC PRESS
GONZALEZ, J. E., K. OADES ET AL.: "Cell-based assays and instrumentation for screening ion-channel targets", DRUG DISCOV TODAY, vol. 4, no. 9, 1999, pages 431 - 439, XP001026838, DOI: doi:10.1016/S1359-6446(99)01383-5
GONZALEZ, J. E., R. Y. TSIEN: "Improved indicators of cell membrane potential that use fluorescence resonance energy transfer", CHEM BIOL, vol. 4, no. 4, 1997, pages 269 - 77, XP000961796, DOI: doi:10.1016/S1074-5521(97)90070-3
GONZALEZ, J. E., R. Y. TSIEN: "Voltage sensing by fluorescence resonance energy transfer in single cells", BIOPHYS J, vol. 69, no. 4, 1995, pages 1272 - 80, XP000961694
GREGORY, R. J. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 347, 1990, pages 382 - 386
KEREM, B-S ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 87, 1990, pages 8447 - 8451
KEREM, B-S. ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 245, 1989, pages 1073 - 1080
LEE R. CHOO-KANG, PAMELA L., ZEITLIN: "Type I, II, III, IV, and V cystic fibrosis Tansmembrane Conductance Regulator Defects and Opportunities of Therapy", CURRENT OPINION IN PULMONARY MEDICINE, vol. 6, 2000, pages 521 - 529
MORELLO, JP ET AL., TIPS, vol. 21, 2000, pages 466 - 469
PASYK, FOSKETT, J. CELL. BIOCHEM., vol. 270, 1995, pages 12347 - 50
QUINTON, P. M., FASEB J., vol. 4, 1990, pages 2709 - 2727
RICH, D. P. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 347, 1990, pages 358 - 362
RIORDAN, J. R. ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 245, 1989, pages 1066 - 1073
RUTISHAUSER, J. ET AL., SWISS MED WKLY, vol. 132, 2002, pages 211 - 222
SHASTRY, B.S. ET AL., NEUROCHEM. INTERNATIONAL, vol. 43, 2003, pages 1 - 7
SHELDRICK, G.M., ACTA CRYST., vol. A64, 2008, pages 112 - 122

Cited By (77)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10662192B2 (en) 2004-06-24 2020-05-26 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of ATP-binding cassette transporters
US11084804B2 (en) 2005-11-08 2021-08-10 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of ATP-binding cassette transporters
US11291662B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2022-04-05 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of n-[2,4-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-5-hydroxyphenyl]-1,4-dihydro-4-oxoquinoline-3-carboxamide
US10537565B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2020-01-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of N-[2,4-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-5-hydroxyphenyl]-1,4-dihydro-4-oxoquinoline-3-carboxamide
US9670163B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2017-06-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of N-[2,4-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-5-hydroxyphenyl]-1,4-dihydro-4-oxoquinoline-3-carboxamide
US9931334B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2018-04-03 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of N[2,4-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-5-hydroxyphenyl]-1,4-dihydro-4-oxoquinoline-3-carboxamide
US9725440B2 (en) 2007-05-09 2017-08-08 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of CFTR
US9840499B2 (en) 2007-12-07 2017-12-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid
US10597384B2 (en) 2007-12-07 2020-03-24 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[D][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid
US9776968B2 (en) 2007-12-07 2017-10-03 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Processes for producing cycloalkylcarboxamido-pyridine benzoic acids
US12065432B2 (en) 2007-12-07 2024-08-20 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid
US9751890B2 (en) 2008-02-28 2017-09-05 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heteroaryl derivatives as CFTR modulators
US11564916B2 (en) 2008-08-13 2023-01-31 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical composition and administrations thereof
US10646481B2 (en) 2008-08-13 2020-05-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical composition and administrations thereof
US9751839B2 (en) 2009-03-20 2017-09-05 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process for making modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
US11052075B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2021-07-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid and administration thereof
US10076513B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2018-09-18 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[D][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid and administration thereof
US9254291B2 (en) 2011-11-08 2016-02-09 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of ATP-binding cassette transporters
RU2644723C2 (en) * 2012-01-25 2018-02-13 Вертекс Фармасьютикалз Инкорпорейтед Formulations of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzonic acid
JP2015504920A (en) * 2012-01-25 2015-02-16 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッドVertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Formulation of 3- (6- (1- (2,2-difluorobenzo [d] [1,3] dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido) -3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid
US11147770B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2021-10-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical composition and administrations thereof
US11752106B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2023-09-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical composition and administrations thereof
US10272046B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2019-04-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical composition and administrations thereof
WO2013185112A1 (en) * 2012-06-08 2013-12-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceuticl compositions for the treatment of cftr -mediated disorders
US9783529B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2017-10-10 Flatley Discovery Lab, Llc Pyridazinone compounds and methods for the treatment of cystic fibrosis
US8937178B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2015-01-20 Flatley Discovery Lab Phthalazinone compounds and methods for the treatment of cystic fibrosis
US9790215B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2017-10-17 Flatley Discovery Lab, Llc Pyridazinone compounds and methods for the treatment of cystic fibrosis
US20160151335A1 (en) * 2013-06-26 2016-06-02 Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of modulating cftr activity
US10231932B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2019-03-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process of preparing pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of CFTR mediated diseases
US11992553B2 (en) 2014-08-29 2024-05-28 Algipharma As Inhalable powder formulations of alginate oligomers
US10758534B2 (en) 2014-10-06 2020-09-01 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
US11426407B2 (en) 2014-10-06 2022-08-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
US9701639B2 (en) 2014-10-07 2017-07-11 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Co-crystals of modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
US10302602B2 (en) 2014-11-18 2019-05-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process of conducting high throughput testing high performance liquid chromatography
US10751363B2 (en) 2015-03-23 2020-08-25 Algipharma As Use of aliginate oligomers and CFTR modulators in treatment of conditions associated with CFTR dysfunction
US11413306B2 (en) 2015-10-06 2022-08-16 Algipharma As Alginate oligomers for the treatment or prevention of microbial overgrowth in the intestinal tract
CN109475546A (en) * 2016-04-25 2019-03-15 成药技术Ip控股有限公司 Including according to the pharmaceutical combination composition for the compound formulation for cutting down Kato and Lu Makatuo and its salt and derivative, preparation method and containing their pharmaceutical composition
WO2017187338A1 (en) 2016-04-25 2017-11-02 Druggability Technologies Ip Holdco Limited Complexes of lumacaftor and its salts and derivatives, process for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US10675277B2 (en) 2016-04-25 2020-06-09 Nangenex Nanotechnology Incorporated Complexes of ivacaftor and its salts and derivatives, process for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
WO2017187340A1 (en) 2016-04-25 2017-11-02 Druggability Technologies Ip Holdco Limited Pharmaceutical combination composition comprising complex formulations of ivacaftor and lumacaftor and their salts and derivatives, process for their preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US10206915B2 (en) 2016-04-25 2019-02-19 Druggability Technologies Ip Holdco Limited Complexes of Ivacaftor and its salts and derivatives, process for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US10383865B2 (en) 2016-04-25 2019-08-20 Druggability Technologies Ip Holdco Limited Pharmaceutical combination composition comprising complex formulations of Ivacaftor and Lumacaftor and their salts and derivatives, process for their preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US10376501B2 (en) 2016-04-25 2019-08-13 Druggability Technologies Ip Holdco Limited Complexes of lumacaftor and its salts and derivatives, process for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
CN109475547A (en) * 2016-04-25 2019-03-15 成药技术Ip控股有限公司 The compound of Lu Makatuo and its salt and derivative, preparation method and the pharmaceutical composition containing them
US11186566B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2021-11-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulator of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treatment, and process for making the modulator
WO2018107100A1 (en) 2016-12-09 2018-06-14 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulator of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treatment, and process for making the modulator
EP3812379A1 (en) 2016-12-09 2021-04-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Crystalline form of a n-(pyrazol-4-yl)sulfonyl-6-(pyrazol-1-yl)-2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)pyridine-3-carboxamide for treating cystic fibrosis
US10793547B2 (en) 2016-12-09 2020-10-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulator of the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treatment, and process for making the modulator
US11453655B2 (en) 2016-12-09 2022-09-27 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulator of the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treatment, and process for making the modulator
WO2018227049A1 (en) 2017-06-08 2018-12-13 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Methods of treatment for cystic fibrosis
US11253509B2 (en) 2017-06-08 2022-02-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Methods of treatment for cystic fibrosis
WO2019018395A1 (en) 2017-07-17 2019-01-24 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Methods of treatment for cystic fibrosis
US11517564B2 (en) 2017-07-17 2022-12-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Methods of treatment for cystic fibrosis
US11434201B2 (en) 2017-08-02 2022-09-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Processes for preparing pyrrolidine compounds
US11155533B2 (en) 2017-10-19 2021-10-26 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Crystalline forms and compositions of CFTR modulators
US11465985B2 (en) 2017-12-08 2022-10-11 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Processes for making modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
US11179367B2 (en) 2018-02-05 2021-11-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions for treating cystic fibrosis
US11066417B2 (en) 2018-02-15 2021-07-20 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treatment, and process for making the modulators
US11866450B2 (en) 2018-02-15 2024-01-09 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance regulator, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treatment, and process for making the modulators
WO2019161078A1 (en) 2018-02-15 2019-08-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Macrocycles as modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, their use in the treatment of cycstic fibrosis, and process for making them
EP4198037A1 (en) 2018-02-15 2023-06-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Macrocycles as modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and their use in the treatment of cycstic fibrosis
WO2019195739A1 (en) 2018-04-05 2019-10-10 Alexander Russell Abela Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
US11414439B2 (en) 2018-04-13 2022-08-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treatment, and process for making the modulator
WO2019200246A1 (en) 2018-04-13 2019-10-17 Alexander Russell Abela Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treatment, and process for making the modulator
EP4218754A2 (en) 2018-11-14 2023-08-02 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Methods of treatment for cystic fibrosis
WO2020102346A1 (en) 2018-11-14 2020-05-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Methods of treatment for cystic fibrosis
WO2020206080A1 (en) 2019-04-03 2020-10-08 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator modulating agents
EP4335498A1 (en) 2019-04-03 2024-03-13 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator modulating agents
WO2020214921A1 (en) 2019-04-17 2020-10-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Solid forms of modulators of cftr
US11591350B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2023-02-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
US11584761B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2023-02-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process of making CFTR modulators
US11873300B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2024-01-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Crystalline forms of CFTR modulators
WO2022194399A1 (en) 2020-07-13 2022-09-22 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Macrocycles as cftr modulators
WO2024056791A1 (en) 2022-09-15 2024-03-21 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Combination of macrocyclic cftr modulators with cftr correctors and / or cftr potentiators
WO2024056798A1 (en) 2022-09-15 2024-03-21 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Macrocyclic cftr modulators
WO2024056779A1 (en) 2022-09-15 2024-03-21 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Crystalline form of (3s,7s,10r,13r)-13-benzyl-20-fluoro-7-isobutyl-n-(2-(3-methoxy-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)ethyl)-6,9-dimethyl-1,5,8,11-tetraoxo-10-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14-tetradecahydro-[1]oxa[4,7,10,14]tetraazacycloheptadecino[16,17-f]quinoline-3-carboxamide
US12122788B2 (en) 2023-01-04 2024-10-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process of making CFTR modulators

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2011237601B2 (en) 2015-08-20
CA2795804A1 (en) 2011-10-13
JP2016128454A (en) 2016-07-14
ZA201208225B (en) 2013-07-31
RU2592368C2 (en) 2016-07-20
CA2795804C (en) 2021-10-26
SI3150198T1 (en) 2021-11-30
RU2012147272A (en) 2014-05-20
CN102917692A (en) 2013-02-06
JP2013523833A (en) 2013-06-17
IL222314A0 (en) 2012-12-31
IL251662A0 (en) 2017-06-29
US20200197380A1 (en) 2020-06-25
US10076513B2 (en) 2018-09-18
US9241934B2 (en) 2016-01-26
PL3150198T3 (en) 2022-01-17
JP2018058886A (en) 2018-04-12
MX2012011656A (en) 2012-11-23
HRP20211752T1 (en) 2022-02-18
US20160303096A1 (en) 2016-10-20
MX364937B (en) 2019-05-15
PT3150198T (en) 2021-12-22
ES2900353T3 (en) 2022-03-16
EP2555755B2 (en) 2019-07-10
ES2604480T3 (en) 2017-03-07
BR112012026255A2 (en) 2017-03-14
IL222314A (en) 2017-04-30
US20190070155A1 (en) 2019-03-07
HUE056525T2 (en) 2022-02-28
DK3150198T3 (en) 2021-11-01
WO2011127241A3 (en) 2012-02-02
AU2011237601A1 (en) 2012-11-01
US20150140094A1 (en) 2015-05-21
US8552034B2 (en) 2013-10-08
RS62767B1 (en) 2022-01-31
EP2555755A2 (en) 2013-02-13
US20110256220A1 (en) 2011-10-20
CY1124852T1 (en) 2022-11-25
EP4005559A1 (en) 2022-06-01
US20220031679A1 (en) 2022-02-03
US20130095181A1 (en) 2013-04-18
LT3150198T (en) 2021-12-10
EP3150198B1 (en) 2021-09-22
EP2555755B1 (en) 2016-08-24
ES2604480T5 (en) 2020-03-17
EP3150198A1 (en) 2017-04-05
US11052075B2 (en) 2021-07-06
US20140023706A1 (en) 2014-01-23
CN107260692A (en) 2017-10-20
NZ602838A (en) 2015-06-26
NZ708598A (en) 2017-05-26
AR081760A1 (en) 2012-10-17
CN106943403A (en) 2017-07-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220354797A1 (en) Formulations of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid
US11052075B2 (en) Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl) benzoic acid and administration thereof
AU2011293658B2 (en) Pharmaceutical composition of (R)-1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-N-(1-(2,3-dihydroxy propyl)-6-fluoro-2-(1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl)-1H-indol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamide and administration thereof
US20150182517A1 (en) Pharmaceutical Compositions of (R)-1-(2,2-Difluorobenzo[D][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-N-(1-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-6-fluoro-2-(1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl)-1H-indol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamide and Administration Thereof
AU2016213697B2 (en) Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof
AU2015205839B2 (en) Pharmaceutical compositions of 3-(6-(1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl) cyclopropanecarboxamido)-3-methylpyridin-2-yl)benzoic acid and administration thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201180027960.1

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11715637

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2795804

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2013503939

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: MX/A/2012/011656

Country of ref document: MX

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 3158/KOLNP/2012

Country of ref document: IN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2011237601

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20110407

Kind code of ref document: A

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2011715637

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011715637

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2012147272

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112012026255

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112012026255

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20121008